UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
__________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
__________________________________________________________
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
or  
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 0-20402
 __________________________________________________________
WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________________________________________
Tennessee
62-1497076
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
623 West Main Street
 
Lebanon, Tennessee
37087
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(615) 444-2265
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $2.00 par value per share
(Title of class)
__________________________________________________________
 Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   o     No   x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   o     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x
 No  o  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
o
  
Accelerated filer
 
x
Non-accelerated filer
 
o   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
 
o
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2018 , the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $474,250,990.50. For purposes of this calculation, “affiliates” are considered to be the directors and executive officers of the registrant. The market value calculation was determined using $47.25 per share.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   o    No   x
Shares of common stock, $2.00 par value per share, outstanding on March 8, 2019 were 10,720,815.





DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Part of Form 10-K
  
Documents from which portions are incorporated by reference
Part II
  
Portions of the Registrant’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 are incorporated by reference into Items 1, 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8.
 
 
Part III
  
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be filed relating to the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 23, 2019 are incorporated by reference into Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.




PART I
Item 1. Business .

General

Wilson Bank Holding Company (the “Company”) was incorporated on March 17, 1992 under the laws of the State of Tennessee. The purpose of the Company was to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Wilson Bank and Trust (the “Bank”) and act as a one-bank holding company. On November 17, 1992, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of the Bank pursuant to the terms of an agreement and plan of share exchange.

All of the Company’s banking business is conducted through the Bank, a state chartered bank organized under the laws of the State of Tennessee. The Bank, on December 31, 2018, had eleven full service banking offices located in Wilson County, Tennessee, one full service banking facility in Trousdale County, Tennessee, three full service banking offices in Davidson County, Tennessee, five full service banking offices located in Rutherford County, Tennessee, two full service banking offices in DeKalb County, Tennessee, two full service banking offices in Smith County, Tennessee, two full service banking office in Sumner County, Tennessee, one full service banking office in Putnam County, Tennessee and one full service banking office in Williamson County, Tennessee.

Management believes that Wilson County, Trousdale County, Davidson County, Rutherford County, DeKalb County, Smith County, Sumner County, Putnam County and Williamson County offer an environment for continued banking growth in the Company’s target market, which consists of local consumers, professionals and small-to-medium-sized businesses. The Bank offers a wide range of banking services, including checking, savings, and money market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and loans for consumer, commercial and real estate purposes. The Bank also offers custodial, trust and discount brokerage services to its customers. The Bank does not have a concentration of deposits obtained from a single person or entity or a small group of persons or entities, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the business of the Bank.

The Bank was organized in 1987 to provide Wilson County with a locally-owned, locally-managed commercial bank. Since its opening, the Bank has experienced a steady growth in deposits and loans as a result of providing personal, service-oriented banking services to its targeted market. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company reported net earnings of approximately $32.59 million and at December 31, 2018 it had total assets of approximately $2.54 billion.


Financial and Statistical Information
The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements, selected financial data and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 filed as Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K (the “ 2018 Annual Report ”), are incorporated herein by reference.
Regulation and Supervision

The banking industry is generally subject to extensive regulatory oversight. Both the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive state and federal banking laws and regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of the Company’s and the Bank’s operations. These laws and regulations are generally intended to protect depositors and borrowers, and may not necessarily protect shareholders. Many of these laws and regulations have undergone significant change in recent years.

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder implements far-reaching reforms of major elements of the financial landscape, particularly for larger financial institutions. Many of its most far-reaching provisions do not directly apply to community-based institutions like the Company or the Bank. For instance, provisions that regulate derivative transactions and limit derivatives trading activity of federally-insured institutions, enhance supervision of “systemically significant” institutions, impose new regulatory authority over hedge funds, limit proprietary trading by banks, and phase-out the eligibility of trust preferred securities for Tier 1 capital for institutions with greater than $15.0 billion in total assets are among the provisions that do not directly impact the Company or the Bank either because of exemptions for institutions below a certain asset size or because of the nature their operations. Those provisions that have been adopted or are expected to be adopted that have impacted and, in some cases, will continue to impact the Company and the Bank include the following:


3



Changing the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminating the ceiling and increasing the size of the floor of the Deposit Insurance Fund, and offsetting the impact of the increase in the minimum floor on institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

Making permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increasing the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection to $250,000.

Repealing the federal prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depositing institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

Centralizing responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, responsible for implementing federal consumer protection laws, although banks below $10 billion in assets will continue to be examined and supervised for compliance with these laws by their primary federal banking regulator.

Imposing new requirements for mortgage lending, including new minimum underwriting standards, prohibitions on certain yield-spread compensation to mortgage originators, special consumer protections for mortgage loans that do not meet certain provision qualifications, prohibitions and limitations on certain mortgage terms and various new mandated disclosures to mortgage borrowers.

Applying the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to their holding companies.

Permitting national and state banks to establish de novo interstate branches at any location where a bank based in that state could establish a branch, and requiring that bank holding companies and banks be well-capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state.

Imposing new limits on affiliated transactions and causing derivative transactions to be subject to lending limits.

Implementing certain corporate governance revisions that apply to all public companies.

Failure to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act would negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition and could limit its growth or expansion activities. While the Company cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on it or the Bank, such changes could be materially adverse to the Company’s investors.

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”) and is registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”). The Company is required to file annual reports and other information regarding its business operations and those of its bank subsidiary with, and is subject to examination by, the FRB. The Bank is chartered under the laws of the State of Tennessee and is subject to the supervision of, and is regularly examined by, the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions (the “TDFI”). The Bank is also regularly examined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the government entity that insures the Bank’s deposits subject to applicable limitations.

Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company may not directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any company, including a bank, without the prior approval of the FRB unless the bank holding company already owns a majority of such company. In addition, bank holding companies are generally prohibited under the BHC Act from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking or managing or controlling banks, or furnishing services to its subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions and the modernization of the financial services industry in connection with the passing of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”). The GLB Act amended the BHC Act and expanded the activities in which bank holding companies and affiliates of banks are permitted to engage. Under the BHC Act, as amended by the GLB Act, the FRB is authorized to approve the ownership by a bank holding company of shares of any company whose activities have been determined by the FRB to be so closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

Subject to various exceptions, the BHC Act and the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require FRB approval prior to any person or company acquiring "control" of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Control is rebuttably presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities and either:

4




The bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or

No other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.

The Company’s common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The regulations provide a procedure for challenge of the rebuttable control presumption.
Under the GLB Act, a “financial holding company” may engage in activities the FRB determines to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or complementary to a financial activity and not a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of such depository institutions or the financial system generally. Generally, such companies may engage in a wide range of securities activities and insurance underwriting and agency activities. The Company has not made application to the FRB to become a “financial holding company.”

Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company, which has not qualified or elected to become a financial holding company, is generally prohibited from engaging in or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in nonbanking activities unless, prior to the enactment of the GLB Act, the FRB found those activities to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking. Activities that the FRB has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of banking include:

Factoring accounts receivable;

Acquiring or servicing loans;

Leasing personal property;

Conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

Performing selected data processing services;

Acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and

Underwriting certain insurance risks of the holding company and its subsidiaries.

Despite prior approval, the FRB may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness, or stability of any of its bank subsidiaries.

Under the Tennessee Bank Structure Act, a bank holding company which controls 30% or more of the total deposits (excluding certain deposits) in all federally insured financial institutions in Tennessee is prohibited from acquiring any bank in Tennessee. With prior regulatory approval, Tennessee law permits banks based in the state to either establish new or acquire existing branch offices throughout Tennessee. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bank and other state-chartered or national banks generally may establish new branches in another state to the same extent as banks chartered in the other state may establish new branches in that state.

The Company and the Bank are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, respectively, on any extensions of credit to the bank holding company or its subsidiary bank, on investments in the stock or other securities of the bank holding company or its subsidiary bank, and on taking such stock or other securities as collateral for loans of any borrower. The Bank takes Company common stock as collateral for borrowings subject to the aforementioned restrictions.

Both the Company and the Bank are subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 23A places limits on the amount of:

A bank’s loans or extensions of credit, including purchases of assets subject to an agreement to repurchase, to or for the benefit of affiliates;


5



A bank’s investment in affiliates;

Assets a bank may purchase from affiliates, except for real and personal property exempted by the FRB;

The amount of loans or extensions of credit to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates;

Transactions involving the borrowing or lending of securities and any derivative transaction that results in credit exposure to an affiliate; and

A bank’s guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate.

The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of a bank’s capital and surplus. In addition to the limitation on the amount of these transactions, each of the above transactions must also meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid the taking of low-quality assets.

The Company and the Bank are also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in the above transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

The Bank is also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to its executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their related interests. These extensions of credit (1) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties, and (2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.

The FRB has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The FRB has issued a policy statement expressing its view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. As noted below, FRB regulations limit dividends, stock repurchases and discretionary bonuses to executive officers if a bank holding company’s capital is below the level of regulatory minimums plus the applicable capital conservation buffer.

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Over time, the principal source of the Company’s cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to the Company’s common stock shareholders, will be dividends that the Bank pays to the Company as its sole shareholder. Under Tennessee law, the Company is not permitted to pay dividends if, after giving effect to such payment, the Company would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business or the Company’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus any amounts needed to satisfy any preferential rights if the Company were dissolving. In addition, in deciding whether or not to declare a dividend of any particular size, the Company’s board of directors must consider the Company’s current and prospective capital, liquidity, and other needs.

Statutory and regulatory limitations also apply to the Bank’s payment of dividends to the Company. Under Tennessee law, the Bank in any one calendar year can only pay dividends to the Company in an amount equal to or less than the total amount of its net income for that calendar year combined with retained net income for the preceding two years. Payment of dividends in excess of this amount requires the consent of the Commissioner of the TDFI.

The payment of dividends by the Bank and the Company may also be affected by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), a depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, and previously under FRB policy, the Company is required to act as a source of financial strength for the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank. This support can be required at times when it would not be in the

6



best interest of the Company’s shareholders or creditors to provide it. Further, if the Bank’s capital levels were to fall below certain minimum regulatory guidelines, the Bank would need to develop a capital plan to increase its capital levels and the Company would be required to guarantee the Bank’s compliance with the capital plan in order for such plan to be accepted by the federal regulatory agency. In the event of bankruptcy, any commitment by the Company to a federal regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

Both the Company and the Bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the FRB, in the Company’s case, and the FDIC, in the case of the Bank. The FRB has established a risk-based and a leverage measure of capital adequacy for bank holding companies, like the Company. The Bank is also subject to risk-based and leverage capital requirements adopted by the FDIC, which are substantially similar to those adopted by the FRB for bank holding companies. In addition, the FDIC and TDFI may require state banks that are not members of the FRB, like the Bank, to maintain capital at levels higher than those required by general regulatory requirements. Tennessee state banks are required to have the capital structure that the TDFI deems adequate, and the Commissioner of the TDFI as well as federal regulators may require a state bank (or its holding company in the case of federal regulators) to increase its capital structure to the point deemed adequate by the Commissioner or such other federal regulator before granting approval of a branch application, merger application or charter amendment.

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance-sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance-sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items.

In July 2013, the FRB and the FDIC approved final rules that substantially amend the regulatory capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company, effective January 1, 2015. The final rules implemented the regulatory capital reforms of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision reflected in "Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems" (Basel III) and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Under these rules, the leverage and risk-based capital ratios of bank holding companies may not be lower than the leverage and risk-based capital ratios for insured depository institutions. The final capital rules implementing Basel III, among other things, included new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios for banks and their holding companies. Moreover, these rules refined the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios, including the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Total capital consists of two components, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stock (plus related surplus) and retained earnings, limited amounts of minority interest in the form of additional Tier 1 capital instruments, and non-cumulative preferred stock and related surplus, subject to certain eligibility standards, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets and other regulatory deductions. Cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital, but such securities issued prior to May 19, 2010, including in the case of bank holding companies with less than $15.0 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2009, trust preferred securities issued prior to that date, will continue to count as Tier 1 capital subject to certain limitations. Tier 2 capital generally consists of perpetual preferred stock and related surplus not meeting the Tier 1 capital definition, qualifying subordinated debt, qualifying mandatorily convertible debt securities, and a limited amount of loan loss reserves.

The minimum capital level requirements applicable to bank holding companies and banks subject to the rules are: (i) a Tier 1 common equity (“CET1”) capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules also established a "capital conservation buffer" of 2.5% (to consist of CET1 capital and that was phased in over four years) above the regulatory minimum capital ratios, and have resulted in the following minimum ratios: (i) a CET1 capital ratio of 7%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The phase-in of the capital conservation buffer requirement was fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if capital levels fall below minimum levels plus the buffer amounts. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

Under the Basel III capital rules, CET1 capital consists of common stock and paid in capital and retained earnings. CET1 capital is reduced by goodwill, certain intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, deferred tax assets that arise from tax credit and net operating loss carryforwards, net of any valuation allowance, and certain other items specified in the Basel III capital rules. The Basel III capital rules also provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1 capital. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 capital to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 capital or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1 capital.


7



The final rules implementing Basel III allow banks and their holding companies with less than $250 billion in assets a one-time opportunity to opt-out of a requirement to include unrealized gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income in their capital calculation. The Company and the Bank each opted out of this requirement.

Additionally, the FDICIA establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized) into one of which all institutions are categorized. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category (excluding the Basel III capital conservation buffer amounts), as set forth in the following table:

 
CET1 capital ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
Tier 1 leverage ratio
Well capitalized
6.5%
10%
8%
5%
Adequately capitalized
4.5%
8%
6%
4%
Undercapitalized
< 4.5%
< 8%
< 6%
< 4%
Significantly undercapitalized
< 3%
< 6%
< 4%
< 3%
Critically undercapitalized
Tangible Equity/Total Assets ≤ 2%

Failure to meet statutorily mandated capital guidelines or more restrictive ratios separately established for a financial institution or its holding company by its regulators could subject a bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting or renewing brokered deposits, limitations on the rates of interest that the institution may pay on its deposits, limitations on the ability to hire senior executive officers or add directors without prior approval and other restrictions on its business. As described above, significant additional restrictions can be imposed on FDIC-insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements.

A state regulated bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve, like the Bank, is required to be “well-capitalized" in order to take advantage of expedited procedures on certain applications, such as branches and mergers, and to accept and renew brokered deposits without further regulatory approval.

The Basel III capital rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. Specific changes to the rules impacting the Company’s and the Bank’s determination of risk-weighted assets include, among other things:
applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans;
assigning a 150% risk weight to the unsecured portion of non-residential mortgage loans that are 90 days past due or otherwise on nonaccrual status;
providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (previously set at 0%);
providing for a risk weight, generally not less than 20% with certain exceptions, for securities lending transactions based on the risk weight category of the underlying collateral securing the transaction; and
eliminating the 50% cap on the risk weight for OTC derivatives.

In December 2017, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published the last version of the Basel III accord, generally referred to as “Basel IV.” The Basel Committee stated that a key objective of the revisions incorporated into the framework is to reduce excessive variability of risk-weighted assets (“RWA”), which will be accomplished by enhancing the robustness and risk sensitivity of the standardized approaches for credit risk and operational risk, which will facilitate the comparability of banks’ capital ratios; constraining the use of internally modeled approaches; and complementing the risk-weighted capital ratio with a finalized leverage ratio and a revised and robust capital floor. Leadership of the federal banking agencies who are tasked with implementing Basel IV has indicated that it is considering how to appropriately apply these revisions in the

8



United States. Although it is uncertain at this time, the Company anticipates some, if not all, of the Basel IV accord may be incorporated into the capital requirements framework applicable to the Company and the Bank.

Banking organizations must have appropriate capital planning processes, with proper oversight from the board of directors. Accordingly, pursuant to a separate, general supervisory letter from the FRB, bank holding companies are expected to conduct and document comprehensive capital adequacy analyses prior to the declaration of any dividends (on common stock, preferred stock, trust preferred securities or other Tier 1 capital instruments), capital redemptions or capital repurchases. Moreover, the federal banking agencies have adopted a joint agency policy statement, noting that the adequacy and effectiveness of a bank’s interest rate risk management process and the level of its interest rate exposures are critical factors in the evaluation of the bank’s capital adequacy. A bank with material weaknesses in its interest rate risk management process or high levels of interest rate exposure relative to its capital will be directed by the relevant federal banking agencies to take corrective actions.

The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system for insured depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC adopted regulations that base deposit insurance assessments on total assets less capital rather than deposit liabilities and include off-balance sheet liabilities of institutions and their affiliates in risk-based assessments.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to $250,000 per depositor. The Dodd-Frank Act also repealed the prohibition on paying interest on demand transaction accounts, but did not extend unlimited insurance protection for these accounts.

The FDIC may terminate its insurance of deposits if it finds that a depository institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

The Financial Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 provides that a holding company’s controlled insured depository institutions are liable for any loss incurred by the FDIC in connection with the default of, or any FDIC-assisted transaction involving, an affiliated insured bank or savings association.

The maximum permissible rates of interest on most commercial and consumer loans made by the Bank are governed by Tennessee’s general usury law and the Tennessee Industrial Loan and Thrift Companies Act (“Industrial Loan Act”). Certain other usury laws affect limited classes of loans, but the Company believes that the laws referenced above are the most significant. Tennessee’s general usury law authorizes a floating rate of 4% per annum over the average prime or base commercial loan rate, as published by the FRB from time to time, subject to an absolute 24% per annum limit. The Industrial Loan Act, which is generally applicable to most of the loans made by the Bank in Tennessee, authorizes an interest rate of up to 24% per annum and also allows certain loan charges, generally on a more liberal basis than does the general usury law.

The Bank's loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

Federal Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms and costs to consumer borrowers giving consumers the right to cancel certain credit transactions, and defining requirements for servicing consumer loans secured by a dwelling;
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;
Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;
Service Members' Civil Relief Act, governing the repayment terms of, and property rights underlying, secured obligations of persons in active military service;
Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing the federal laws;
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, which regulates fees and other terms of electronic funds transactions;
Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, which permanently extended the national credit reporting standards of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, and permits consumers, including the Bank’s customers, to opt out of information sharing among affiliated companies for marketing purposes and requires financial institutions, including banks, to notify a customer if the institution provides negative information about the customer to a national credit reporting agency or if the credit that is granted to the customer is on less favorable terms than those generally available; and
the Real Estate Settlement and Procedures Act of 1974, which affords consumers greater protection pertaining to federally related mortgage loans by requiring, among other things, improved and streamlined good faith estimate forms including clear summary information and improved disclosure of yield spread premiums.

9



The Bank’s deposit operations are subject to the:

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities (including with respect to the permissibility of overdraft charges) arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
the Truth in Savings Act, which requires depository institutions to disclose the terms of deposit accounts to consumers;
the Expedited Funds Availability Act, which requires financial institutions to make deposited funds available according to specified time schedules and to disclose funds availability policies to consumers; and
the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (“Check 21”), which is designed to foster innovation in the payments system and to enhance its efficiency by reducing some of the legal impediments to check truncation. Check 21 created a new negotiable instrument called a substitute check and permits, but does not require, banks to truncate original checks, process check information electronically, and deliver substitute checks to banks that wish to continue receiving paper checks.

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is an office in the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts; owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of target countries, and narcotics traffickers. If a bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze or block the transactions on the account. The Bank has appointed a compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. These checks are performed using software that is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

The President of the United States signed the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the “Patriot Act”), into law on October 26, 2001. The Patriot Act established a wide variety of new and enhanced ways of combating international terrorism. The provisions that affect banks (and other financial institutions) most directly are contained in Title III of the act. In general, Title III amended existing law - primarily the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) - to provide the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) and other departments and agencies of the federal government with enhanced authority to identify, deter, and punish international money laundering and other crimes.

Among other things, the Patriot Act prohibits financial institutions from doing business with foreign "shell" banks and requires increased due diligence for private banking transactions and correspondent accounts for foreign banks. A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The BSA and its implementing regulations and parallel requirements of the federal banking regulators require the Bank to maintain a risk-based anti-money laundering (“AML”) program reasonably designed to prevent and detect money laundering and terrorist financing and to comply with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the BSA, including the requirement to report suspicious activity. The Patriot Act substantially broadened the scope of AML laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations on financial institutions, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. Financial institutions, including banks, are required under final rules implementing Section 326 of the Patriot Act to establish procedures for collecting standard information from customers opening new accounts and verifying the identity of these new account holders within a reasonable period of time. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and to report certain types of suspicious transactions. In May 2016, Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network issued rules under the BSA requiring financial institutions to identify the beneficial owners who own or control certain legal entity customers at the time an account is opened and to update their AML compliance programs no later than May 11, 2018, to include risk-based procedures for conducting ongoing customer due diligence.

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “Community Reinvestment Act”) requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their respective jurisdictions, the FRB and the FDIC shall evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods consistent with safe and sound operations of the institutions. These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on the Bank. Additionally, banks are required to publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment

10



Act-related agreements. The Bank received an “outstanding” Community Reinvestment Act rating from its primary federal regulator on its most recent regulatory examination.

The Bank is also subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving its home mortgage lending operations. Fair lending laws prohibit discrimination in the provision of banking services, and bank regulators have increasingly focused on the enforcement of these laws. Fair lending laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act of 1974 and the Fair Housing Act of 1968, which prohibit discrimination in credit and residential real estate transactions on the basis of prohibited factors including, among others, race, color, national origin, gender and religion. The Bank may be liable, either through administrative enforcement or private civil actions, for policies that result in a disparate treatment of or have a disparate impact on a protected class of applicants or borrowers. If a pattern or practice of lending discrimination is alleged by a regulator, then that agency may refer the matter to the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) for investigation. Pursuant to a Memorandum of Understanding, the DOJ and Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) have agreed to share information, coordinate investigations and generally commit to strengthen their coordination efforts. The Bank is required to have a fair lending program that is of sufficient scope to monitor the inherent fair lending risk of the institution and that appropriately remediates issues which are identified.

State and federal banking regulators have issued various policy statements and, in some cases, regulations, emphasizing the importance of technology risk management and supervision. Such policy statements and regulations indicate that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate customers accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. A financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is expected to develop appropriate processes to enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack.

Federal statutes and regulations, including the GLB Act and the Right to Financial Privacy Act of 1978, limit the Company’s and the Bank’s ability to disclose non-public information about consumers, customers and employees to nonaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the GLB Act requires disclosure of the Company’s privacy policies and practices relating to sharing non-public information and enables retail customers to opt out of the institution’s ability to share information with unaffiliated third parties under certain circumstances. The GLB Act also requires the Company and the Bank to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information and, if applicable state law is more protective of customer privacy than the GLB Act, financial institutions, including the Bank, will be required to comply with such state law. Other laws and regulations impact the Company’s and the Bank’s ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In connection with the regulations governing the privacy of consumer financial information, the federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and programs to protect such information. In addition, the Bank has established a privacy policy that it believes promotes compliance with the federal requirements.

Examination and enforcement by the state and federal banking agencies, and other such enforcement authorities, for non-compliance with consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations have increased and become more intense. The advent of the CFPB further heightens oversight and review of compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations. Due to these heightened regulatory concerns, including increased enforcement of the Community Reinvestment Act by the federal banking agencies, and new powers and authority of the CFPB, the Bank may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in its local community.

The Company’s securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act. As a public company, the Company is also subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including, among other things, required executive certification of financial presentations, increased requirements for board audit committees and their members, and enhanced requirements relating to disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

In 2018, the U.S. Congress passed, and the President signed into law, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “Growth Act”). The Growth Act, among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to issue regulations allowing community bank organizations with total assets of less than $10.0 billion in assets and limited amounts of certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures to access a simpler capital regime focused on a bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital

11



levels rather than risk-based capital levels that are the focus of the capital rules issued under the Dodd-Frank Act implementing Basel III.

In November 2018, the federal banking agencies proposed regulations that would exempt a qualifying community bank and its holding company that have Tier 1 leverage ratios of greater than 9 percent from the risk-based capital requirements of the capital rules issued under the Dodd-Frank Act. A qualifying community banking organization and its holding company that have chosen the proposed framework would not be required to calculate the existing risk-based and leverage capital requirements. Such a bank would also be considered to have met the capital ratio requirements to be well capitalized for the agencies' prompt corrective action rules provided it has a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9 percent.

The Growth Act also raised the eligibility for the small bank holding company policy statement to $3 billion of assets from $1 billion.

The rules implementing these provisions of the Growth Act are not yet finalized and the Company has not yet made a determination regarding whether it will seek to take advantage of these new capital rules under the Growth Act.

New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging provisions for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions. Throughout 2017 and 2018, the U.S. Congress has debated and proposed changes to the financial institution regulatory landscape, including proposed amendments to the Dodd-Frank Act, including raising the asset threshold levels at which financial institutions and their holding companies become subject to enhanced regulatory oversight and compliance requirements. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which the Company’s business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. Even if modifications are enacted to existing or proposed regulations, including raising certain assets thresholds above those currently in place, the Company may continue to face enhanced scrutiny from its regulators who may expect it to continue to comply with the current, more stringent requirements as part of their safety and soundness and compliance examinations and general oversight of the Company’s operations.
Competition

The banking business is highly competitive. The Company’s primary market areas consist of Wilson, Trousdale, Davidson, Rutherford, DeKalb, Smith, Sumner, Putnam and Williamson Counties in Tennessee. The Company competes with numerous commercial banks and savings institutions with offices in these market areas. In addition to these competitors, the Company competes for loans with insurance companies, regulated small loan companies, credit unions, and certain government agencies. The Company also competes with numerous companies and financial institutions engaged in similar lines of business, such as mortgage banking companies, brokerage companies and lending companies. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our non-bank competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Some of the Company’s competitors have significantly greater financial resources and offer a greater number of branch locations. To offset this advantage of its competitors, the Company believes it can attract customers by providing loan and management decisions at the local level with exceptional and personal service. The Company does not experience significant seasonal trends in its operations.
Monetary Policies

The results of operations of the Bank and the Company are affected by the policies of the regulatory authorities, particularly the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to combat recession and curb inflation. Among the instruments used to attain these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements relating to member bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. Policies of the regulatory agencies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to do so in the future. The effect of such policies upon the future business and results of operations of the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted with accuracy.
Employment
As of March 8, 2019 , the Company and its subsidiary collectively employed 487 full-time equivalent employees.



12



Available Information

The Company’s Internet website is http://www.wilsonbank.com. Please note that the Company’s website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The Company makes available free of charge on its website the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after it files or furnishes such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The information provided on the Company’s website is not part of this report, and is therefore not incorporated by reference herein unless such information is otherwise specifically referenced elsewhere in this report.

Statistical Information Required by Guide 3

The statistical information required to be displayed under Item 1 pursuant to Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies,” of the Exchange Act Industry Guides is incorporated herein by reference to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis sections in the Company’s
2018 Annual Report. Certain information not contained in the Company’s 2018 Annual Report, but required by Guide 3, is contained in the tables immediately following:
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

13



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018

 I.
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity;
Interest Rates and Interest Differential
The schedule which follows indicates the average balances for each major balance sheet item, an analysis of net interest income and net interest expense and the change in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in volume and changes in rates.
The difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities is net interest income, which is the Company's gross margin. Analysis of net interest income is more meaningful when income from tax-exempt earning assets is adjusted to a tax equivalent basis. Accordingly, the following schedule includes a tax equivalent adjustment of tax-exempt earning assets, assuming a weighted average Federal income tax rate of 34% for 2017 and 2016, and 21% for 2018.
In this schedule, "change due to volume" is the change in volume multiplied by the interest rate for the prior year. "Change due to rate" is the change in interest rate multiplied by the volume for the prior year. Changes in interest income and expense not due solely to volume or rate changes have been allocated to the “change due to volume” and “change due to rate” in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each category.
Non-accrual loans have been included in the loan category. Loan fees of $7,400,000 , $6,773,000 and $5,935,000 for 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, are included in loan income and represent an adjustment of the yield on these loans.


14



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018/2017 Change
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Due to
Volume
 
Due to
Rate
 
Total
Loans, net of unearned interest
$
1,898,772

 
5.11
%
 
94,917

 
$
1,727,499

 
4.84
%
 
83,120

 
$
7,623

 
4,174

 
11,797

Investment securities—taxable
281,154

 
2.19

 
6,158

 
277,511

 
1.94

 
5,397

 
72

 
689

 
761

Investment securities—tax exempt
40,675

 
2.51

 
1,020

 
61,868

 
1.95

 
1,208

 
(478
)
 
290

 
(188
)
Taxable equivalent adjustment

 
.66

 
271

 

 
1.01

 
622

 
(187
)
 
(164
)
 
(351
)
Total tax-exempt investment securities
40,675

 
3.17

 
1,291

 
61,868

 
2.96

 
1,830

 
(665
)
 
126

 
(539
)
Total investment securities
321,829

 
2.31

 
7,449

 
339,379

 
2.13

 
7,227

 
(593
)
 
815

 
222

Loans held for sale
5,343

 
3.44

 
184

 
8,657

 
3.74

 
324

 
(116
)
 
(24
)
 
(140
)
Federal funds sold
4,801

 
1.73

 
83

 
10,475

 
.93

 
97

 
(70
)
 
56

 
(14
)
Interest bearing deposits
55,911

 
1.75

 
979

 
77,606

 
.93

 
723

 
(245
)
 
501

 
256

Restricted equity securities
3,012

 
6.11

 
184

 
3,012

 
5.01

 
151

 

 
33

 
33

Total earning assets
2,289,668

 
4.62

 
103,796

 
2,166,628

 
4.25

 
91,642

 
6,599

 
5,555

 
12,154

Cash and due from banks
17,820

 
 
 
 
 
10,581

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
(25,365
)
 
 
 
 
 
(23,174
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank premises and equipment
57,712

 
 
 
 
 
48,888

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
70,071

 
 
 
 
 
68,125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,409,906

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,271,048

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes:
1. The tax equivalent adjustment for 2018 has been computed using a 21% Federal tax rate; whereas, 2017 and 2016 have been computed using a 34% Federal tax rate.

2. Yields on loans and total earning assets include the impact of State income tax credits related incentive loans at below market rates and tax exempt loans to municipalities.

15



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2018/2017 Change
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Due to
Volume
 
Due to
Rate
 
Total
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
$
503,312

 
.36
%
 
1,823

 
$
478,691

 
.27
%
 
1,308

 
$
70

 
445

 
515

Money market demand accounts
668,007

 
.52

 
3,487

 
635,072

 
.26

 
1,681

 
91

 
1,715

 
1,806

Time deposits
556,054

 
1.43

 
7,944

 
519,732

 
1.03

 
5,353

 
396

 
2,195

 
2,591

Other savings deposits
139,664

 
.53

 
744

 
132,557

 
.40

 
530

 
29

 
185

 
214

Total interest-bearing deposits
1,867,037

 
.75

 
13,998

 
1,766,052

 
.50

 
8,872

 
586

 
4,540

 
5,126

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
1,090

 
1.47

 
16

 
1,382

 
.65

 
9

 
(2
)
 
9

 
7

Federal funds purchased
588

 
.68

 
4

 
1,176

 
.68

 
8

 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,868,715

 
.75

 
14,018

 
1,768,610

 
.50

 
8,889

 
580

 
4,549

 
5,129

Demand deposits
250,328

 
 
 
 
 
231,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
12,342

 
 
 
 
 
11,352

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
278,521

 
 
 
 
 
259,677

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,409,906

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,271,048

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
89,778

 
 
 
 
 
82,753

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
4.01
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.84
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread (2)
 
 
3.87
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.75
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis divided by average interest-earning assets.
(2)
Average interest rate on interest-earning assets less average interest rate on interest-bearing liabilities.

16



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017/2016 Change
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Due to
Volume
 
Due to
Rate
 
Total
Loans, net of unearned interest
$
1,727,499

 
4.84
%
 
83,120

 
$
1,571,528

 
4.94
%
 
77,024

 
$
7,583

 
(1,487
)
 
6,096

Investment securities—taxable
277,511

 
1.94

 
5,397

 
308,251

 
1.85

 
5,714

 
(589
)
 
272

 
(317
)
Investment securities—tax exempt
61,868

 
1.95

 
1,208

 
60,464

 
1.97

 
1,191

 
27

 
(10
)
 
17

Taxable equivalent adjustment

 
1.01

 
622

 

 
1.02

 
614

 
15

 
(7
)
 
8

Total tax-exempt investment securities
61,868

 
2.96

 
1,830

 
60,464

 
2.99

 
1,805

 
42

 
(17
)
 
25

Total investment securities
339,379

 
2.13

 
7,227

 
368,715

 
2.04

 
7,519

 
(547
)
 
255

 
(292
)
Loans held for sale
8,657

 
3.74

 
324

 
12,228

 
3.20

 
391

 
(127
)
 
60

 
(67
)
Federal funds sold
10,475

 
.93

 
97

 
23,742

 
.11

 
26

 
(23
)
 
94

 
71

Interest bearing deposits
77,606

 
.93

 
723

 
53,810

 
.52

 
278

 
158

 
287

 
445

Restricted equity securities
3,012

 
5.01

 
151

 
3,012

 
4.05

 
122

 

 
29

 
29

Total earning assets
2,166,628

 
4.25

 
91,642

 
2,033,035

 
4.23

 
85,360

 
7,044

 
(762
)
 
6,282

Cash and due from banks
10,581

 
 
 
 
 
9,687

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
(23,174
)
 
 
 
 
 
(23,013
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank premises and equipment
48,888

 
 
 
 
 
42,418

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
68,125

 
 
 
 
 
61,102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,271,048

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,123,229

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes:
1. The tax equivalent adjustment for 2017 and 2016 has been computed using a 34% Federal tax rate.

2. Yields on loans and total earning assets include the impact of State income tax credits related incentive loans at below market rates and tax exempt loans to municipalities.


17



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2017
 
2016
 
2017/2016 Change
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Average
Balance
 
Rates/Yields
 
Income/
Expense
 
Due to
Volume
 
Due to
Rate
 
Total
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
$
478,691

 
.27
%
 
1,308

 
$
449,053

 
.31
%
 
1,371

 
$
87

 
(150
)
 
(63
)
Money market demand accounts
635,072

 
.26

 
1,681

 
582,408

 
.25

 
1,471

 
137

 
73

 
210

Time deposits
519,732

 
1.03

 
5,353

 
511,590

 
.97

 
4,978

 
80

 
295

 
375

Other savings deposits
132,557

 
.40

 
530

 
117,802

 
.38

 
444

 
58

 
28

 
86

Total interest-bearing deposits
1,766,052

 
.50

 
8,872

 
1,660,853

 
.50

 
8,264

 
362

 
246

 
608

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
1,382

 
.65

 
9

 
1,214

 
.25

 
3

 

 
6

 
6

Federal funds purchased
1,176

 
.68

 
8

 
2,348

 
.72

 
17

 
(8
)
 
(1
)
 
(9
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,768,610

 
.50

 
8,889

 
1,664,415

 
.50

 
8,284

 
354

 
251

 
605

Demand deposits
231,409

 
 
 
 
 
210,655

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
11,352

 
 
 
 
 
10,831

 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
259,677

 
 
 
 
 
237,328

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,271,048

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,123,229

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
 
82,753

 
 
 
77,076

 
 
Net yield on earning assets (1)
 
 
3.84
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.82
%
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread (2)
 
 
3.75
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.73
%
 
 
 
 
(1)
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis divided by average interest-earning assets.
(2)
Average interest rate on interest-earning assets less average interest rate on interest-bearing liabilities.


18



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
II.
Investment Portfolio:
A.    Investment securities at December 31, 2018 consist of the following:
 
Securities Available-For-Sale
 
(In Thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$
71,446

 

 
2,979

 
68,467

Mortgage-backed securities
152,375

 
9

 
4,874

 
147,510

Asset-backed securities
22,534

 
10

 
844

 
21,700

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
49,328

 
22

 
1,775

 
47,575

 
$
295,683

 
41

 
10,472

 
285,252


19



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
II.
Investment Portfolio, Continued:
 
A.    Investment securities at December 31, 2017 consist of the following, continued:
 
Securities Held-To-Maturity
 
(In Thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
Mortgage-backed securities
$
9,886

 
31

 
156

 
9,761

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
22,594

 
66

 
310

 
22,350

 
$
32,480

 
97

 
466

 
32,111

 
 
Securities Available-For-Sale
 
(In Thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$
74,690

 
4

 
1,714

 
72,980

Mortgage-backed securities
200,175

 
302

 
2,551

 
197,926

Asset-backed securities
26,387

 

 
789

 
25,598

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
37,197

 
7

 
992

 
36,212

 
$
338,449

 
313

 
6,046

 
332,716


20



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
II.
Investment Portfolio, Continued:
    
A.    Investment securities at December 31, 2016 consist of the following, continued:
 
Securities Held-To-Maturity
 
(In Thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
Mortgage-backed securities
$
11,856

 
48

 
230

 
11,674

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
24,768

 
142

 
439

 
24,471

 
$
36,624

 
190

 
669

 
36,145

 
 
Securities Available-For-Sale
 
(In Thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$
61,879

 

 
2,391

 
59,488

Mortgage-backed securities
166,316

 
496

 
2,447

 
164,365

Asset-backed securities
37,577

 
9

 
729

 
36,857

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
53,429

 
52

 
1,606

 
51,875

 
$
319,201

 
557

 
7,173

 
312,585


21



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
II.
Investment Portfolio, Continued:     
B.
The following schedule details the contractual maturities and weighted average yields of investment securities of the Company. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities of mortgage and asset-backed securities because the mortgages or other assets underlying such securities may be called or prepaid with or without penalty. Therefore, these securities are not included in the maturity categories noted below as of December 31, 2018 :
Available-For-Sale Securities
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Market
Value
 
Weighted
Average
Yields
 
(In Thousands, Except Yields)
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
$
174,909

 
169,210

 
2.47
%
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs):
 
 
 
 
 
Less than one year

 

 

One to three years
5,025

 
4,913

 
1.68

Three to five years
12,000

 
11,655

 
1.86

Five to ten years
52,421

 
50,082

 
2.44

More than ten years
2,000

 
1,817

 
2.52

Total U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
71,446

 
68,467

 
2.29

Obligations of states and political subdivisions*:
 
 
 
 
 
Less than one year
2,230

 
2,234

 
2.77

One to three years
2,976

 
2,950

 
2.52

Three to five years
2,970

 
2,892

 
2.31

Five to ten years
24,183

 
23,101

 
2.36

More than ten years
16,969

 
16,398

 
3.06

Total obligations of states and political subdivisions
49,328

 
47,575

 
2.62

Total available-for-sale securities
$
295,683

 
285,252

 
2.46
%
*
Weighted average yield is stated on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a weighted average Federal income tax rate of 21% .



22



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
III.
Loan Portfolio:
A.     Loan Types
The following schedule details the loans of the Company at December 31, 2018 , 2017 , 2016 , 2015 and 2014 :
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
89,554

 
59,266

 
50,437

 
41,036

 
41,827

Real estate—construction
518,245

 
392,039

 
297,315

 
275,319

 
245,830

Real estate—mortgage
1,393,641

 
1,263,696

 
1,303,918

 
1,110,989

 
1,027,723

Installment
48,759

 
43,540

 
44,755

 
43,770

 
41,398

Total loans
2,050,199

 
1,758,541

 
1,696,425

 
1,471,114

 
1,356,778

Deferred loan fees
(7,020
)
 
(7,379
)
 
(6,606
)
 
(5,035
)
 
(4,341
)
Total loans, net of deferred fees
2,043,179

 
1,751,162

 
1,689,819

 
1,466,079

 
1,352,437

Less allowance for loan losses
(27,174
)
 
(23,909
)
 
(22,731
)
 
(22,900
)
 
(22,572
)
Net loans
$
2,016,005

 
1,727,253

 
1,667,088

 
1,443,179

 
1,329,865


23



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
III.
Loan Portfolio, Continued:
B.     Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
The following table classifies the Company's fixed and variable rate loans at December 31, 2018 according to contractual maturities of: (1) one year or less, (2) after one year through five years, and (3) after five years. The table also classifies the Company's variable rate loans pursuant to the contractual repricing dates of the underlying loans (dollars in thousands):
 
Amounts at December 31, 2018
 
 
 
Fixed
Rates
 
Variable
Rates
 
Totals
 
At
December
31, 2017
Based on contractual maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due within one year
$
251,028

 
72,175

 
323,203

 
15.8
%
Due in one year to five years
187,650

 
104,641

 
292,291

 
14.2

Due after five years
115,603

 
1,319,102

 
1,434,705

 
70.0

Totals
$
554,281

 
1,495,918

 
2,050,199

 
100.0
%
Based on contractual repricing dates:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Daily floating rate
$

 
36,581

 
36,581

 
1.8
%
Due within one year
251,028

 
393,013

 
644,041

 
31.4

Due in one year to five years
187,650

 
1,005,736

 
1,193,386

 
58.2

Due after five years
115,603

 
60,588

 
176,191

 
8.6

Totals
$
554,281

 
1,495,918

 
2,050,199

 
100.0
%

The following table represents the contractual maturities of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands):
 
Due
Within
One Year
 
Due
in One
to Five
Years
 
Due
After
Five
Years
 
Total
Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
11,451

 
37,886

 
40,217

 
89,554

Real estate—construction
216,591

 
125,430

 
176,224

 
518,245

Real estate—mortgage
78,337

 
98,800

 
1,216,504

 
1,393,641

Installment
16,824

 
30,174

 
1,761

 
48,759

 
$
323,203

 
292,290

 
1,434,706

 
2,050,199


24



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
III.
Loan Portfolio, Continued:
C.     Risk Elements
The following schedule details selected information as to non-performing loans of the Company at December 31, 2018 , 2017 , 2016 , 2015 and 2014 :
 
In Thousands, Except Percentages
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Non-accrual loans:









Commercial, financial and agricultural
$









Real estate—construction









Real estate—mortgage
2,050


2,039


3,565


4,909


616

Installment


1







Total non-accrual
$
2,050


2,040


3,565


4,909


616

Loans 90 days past due still accruing:









Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
24




14


41


6

Real estate—construction
32


113


22




73

Real estate—mortgage
1,058


716


1,642


1,883


1,424

Installment
95


148


129


54


38

Total loans 90 days past due still accruing
$
1,209


977


1,807


1,978


1,541

Troubled debt restructurings
$
2,492

 
4,084

 
4,596

 
4,104

 
8,040

Total non-performing loans
$
5,751


7,101


9,968


10,991


10,197

Total loans, net of deferred fees
$
2,043,179


1,751,162


1,689,819


1,466,079


1,352,437

Percentage of total non-performing loans to total loans outstanding, net of deferred fees
.28
%

.41


.59


.75


.75

Other real estate owned
$
1,357


1,635


4,527


5,410


7,298


25



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
III.
Loan Portfolio, Continued:
C.     Risk Elements, Continued:
The accrual of interest income is discontinued when it is determined that collection of interest is less than probable or the collection of any amount of principal is doubtful. The decision to place a loan on a non-accrual status is based on an evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition, collateral liquidation value, economic and business conditions and other factors that affect the borrower’s ability to pay. At the time a loan is placed on a non-accrual status, the accrued but unpaid interest is also evaluated as to collectability. If collectability is doubtful, the unpaid interest is charged off. Thereafter, interest on non-accrual loans is recognized only as received. Non-accrual loans totaled $2,050,000 at December 31, 2018 , $2,040,000 at December 31, 2017 , $3,565,000 at December 31, 2016 , $4,909,000 at December 31, 2015 and $616,000 at December 31, 2014 . Gross interest income on non-accrual loans that would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2018 if the loans had been current totaled $210,000 compared to $117,000 in 2017 , $202,000 in 2016 , $291,000 in 2015 and $39,000 in 2014 . The amount of interest and fee income recognized on total loans during 2018 totaled $94,917,000 as compared to $83,120,000 in 2017 , $77,024,000 in 2016 , $71,543,000 in 2015 and $66,685,000 in 2014 .
At December 31, 2018 , loans, which include the above, totaling $12,039,000 were included in the Company’s internal classified loan list. Of these loans $11,855,000 are real estate secured and $184,000 are secured by various other types of collateral. The value collateralizing these loans is estimated by management to be approximately $22,356,000 ( $22,291,000 related to real property securing real estate loans and $65,000 related to the various other types of loans). Such loans are listed as classified when information obtained about possible credit problems of the borrowers has prompted management to question the ability of the borrower to comply with the repayment terms of the loan agreement. The loan classifications do not represent or result from trends or uncertainties which management expects will materially impact future operating results, liquidity or capital resources.
At December 31, 2018 , real estate construction and mortgage loans made up 25.3% and 68.0% , respectively, of the Company’s loan portfolio.
At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , other real estate owned totaled $1,357,000 and $1,635,000 , respectively.
There were no material amounts of other interest-bearing assets (interest-bearing deposits with other banks, municipal bonds, etc.) at December 31, 2018 which would be required to be disclosed as past due, non-accrual, restructured or potential problem loans, if such interest-bearing assets were loans.

26




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
IV.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience:
The following schedule details selected information related to the allowance for loan loss account of the Company at December 31, 2018 , 2017 , 2016 , 2015 and 2014 and for the years then ended:
 
In Thousands, Except Percentages
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period
$
23,909

 
22,731

 
22,900

 
22,572

 
22,935

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural

 
(16
)
 
(11
)
 

 
(37
)
Real estate – construction
(19
)
 

 
(66
)
 
(26
)
 
(7
)
Real estate – mortgage
(492
)
 
(132
)
 
(209
)
 
(414
)
 
(1,436
)
Installment
(1,152
)
 
(1,074
)
 
(674
)
 
(664
)
 
(387
)
 
(1,663
)
 
(1,222
)
 
(960
)
 
(1,104
)
 
(1,867
)
Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural
3

 
6

 
15

 
7

 
464

Real estate – construction
88

 
121

 
34

 
39

 
324

Real estate – mortgage
116

 
174

 
131

 
767

 
84

Installment
423

 
418

 
232

 
231

 
134

 
630

 
719

 
412

 
1,044

 
1,006

Net loan charge-offs
(1,033
)
 
(503
)
 
(548
)
 
(60
)
 
(861
)
Provision for loan losses charged to expense
4,298

 
1,681

 
379

 
388

 
498

Allowance for loan losses at end of period
$
27,174

 
23,909

 
22,731

 
22,900

 
22,572

Total loans, net of deferred fees, at end of year
$
2,043,179

 
1,751,162

 
1,689,819

 
1,466,079

 
1,352,437

Average total loans outstanding, net of deferred fees, during year
$
1,898,772

 
1,727,499

 
1,571,528

 
1,418,561

 
1,261,131

Net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans outstanding, net of deferred fees, during year
0.05
%
 
0.03

 
0.04

 
0.01

 
0.07

Ending allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding net of deferred fees, at end of year
1.33
%
 
1.37

 
1.35

 
1.56

 
1.67


27



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
  IV.     Summary of Loan Loss Experience, Continued:
The allowance for loan losses is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb possible losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. The provision for loan losses charged to operating expense is based on past loan loss experience and other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating possible loan losses. Such other factors considered by management include growth and composition of the loan portfolio, review of specific problem loans, the relationship of the allowance for loan losses to outstanding loans, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay.
Management conducts a continuous review of all loans that are delinquent, previously charged down or which are determined to be potentially uncollectible. Loan classifications are reviewed periodically by a person independent of the lending function. The Board of Directors of the Company periodically reviews the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
The following detail provides a breakdown of the allocation of the allowance for loan losses:
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
In
Thousands
 
Percent of
Loans In
Each Category
To Total Loans
 
In
Thousands
 
Percent of
Loans In
Each Category
To Total Loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
682

 
4.3
%
 
$
411

 
3.4
%
Real estate—construction
7,084

 
25.3

 
6,094

 
22.3

Real estate—mortgage
18,601

 
68.0

 
16,738

 
71.9

Installment
807

 
2.4

 
666

 
2.4

 
$
27,174

 
100.0
%
 
$
23,909

 
100.0
%
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
In
Thousands
 
Percent of
Loans In
Each Category
To Total Loans
 
In
Thousands
 
Percent of
Loans In
Each Category
To Total Loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
386

 
3.0
%
 
$
339

 
2.8
%
Real estate—construction
5,387

 
17.5

 
5,136

 
18.7

Real estate—mortgage
16,396

 
76.9

 
16,983

 
75.5

Installment
562

 
2.6

 
442

 
3.0

 
$
22,731

 
100.0
%
 
$
22,900

 
100.0
%
 
December 31, 2014
 
In
Thousands
 
Percent of
Loans In
Each Category
To Total Loans
Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
178

 
3.1
%
Real estate—construction
5,578

 
18.1

Real estate—mortgage
16,492

 
75.8

Installment
324

 
3.0

 
$
22,572

 
100.0
%


28



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
V.
Deposits:
The average amounts and average interest rates for deposits for 2018 , 2017 and 2016 are detailed in the following schedule:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
Average
Balance
In
Thousands
 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
In
Thousands
 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
In
Thousands
 
Average
Rate
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
250,328

 
%
 
$
231,409

 
%
 
$
210,655

 
%
Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
503,312

 
.36

 
478,691

 
.27

 
449,053

 
.31

Money market demand accounts
668,007

 
.52

 
635,072

 
.26

 
582,408

 
.25

Time deposits
556,054

 
1.43

 
519,732

 
1.03

 
511,590

 
.97

Other savings
139,664

 
.53

 
132,557

 
.40

 
117,802

 
.38

 
$
2,117,365

 
.66
%
 
$
1,997,461

 
.44
%
 
$
1,871,508

 
.44
%

The following schedule details the maturities of certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts of $100,000 and more at December 31, 2018 :
 
In Thousands
 
Certificates
of
Deposit
 
Individual
Retirement
Accounts
 
Total
Less than three months
$
30,409

 
3,745

 
34,154

Three to six months
31,876

 
3,269

 
35,145

Six to twelve months
79,975

 
6,273

 
86,248

More than twelve months
179,420

 
20,014

 
199,434

 
$
321,680

 
33,301

 
354,981



29



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
VI.
Return on Equity and Assets:
The following schedule details selected key ratios of the Company at December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Return on assets
(Net income divided by average total assets)
1.35
%
 
1.04
%
 
1.21
%
Return on equity
(Net income divided by average equity)
11.70
%
 
9.06
%
 
10.80
%
Dividend payout ratio
(Dividends declared per share divided by net income per share)
29.13
%
 
28.76
%
 
22.49
%
Equity to asset ratio
(Average equity divided by average total assets)
11.56
%
 
11.43
%
 
11.18
%
Leverage capital ratio
(Equity excluding the net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities and intangible assets divided by average total assets)
12.31
%
 
11.86
%
 
11.17
%
The minimum leverage capital ratio required by the regulatory agencies is 4% .

30



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018
 
VI.
Return on Equity and Assets, Continued:
The following schedule details the Company’s risk-based capital at December 31, 2018 excluding the net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities which is shown as a deduction in stockholders’ equity in the consolidated financial statements:
 
In Thousands
Tier I capital:
 
Stockholders’ equity, excluding the net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, intangible assets and goodwill
$
298,566

Total capital:
 
Allowable allowance for loan losses
27,533

Total capital
$
326,099

Risk-weighted assets
$
2,308,593

Risk-based capital ratios:
 
Tier I capital ratio
12.9
%
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio
12.9
%
Total capital ratio
14.1
%

31



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Form 10-K
December 31, 2018  
VI.
Return on Equity and Assets, Continued:
At December 31, 2018, the Company and the Bank were each required to maintain a total capital to risk-weighted asset ratio of 9.875% and a Tier I capital to risk-weighted asset ratio of 7.875% in each case pursuant to the regulations implementing the Basel III guidelines, including the capital conservation buffer. At December 31, 2018 , the Company and the Bank were in compliance with these requirements.
The following schedule details the Company’s interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2018 :
 
Repricing Within
(In Thousands)
Total
 
0-30 Days
 
31-90 Days
 
91-180 Days
 
181-365 Days
 
Over 1 Year
Earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, net of deferred fees
$
2,043,179

 
260,753

 
83,359

 
111,624

 
217,866

 
1,369,577

Securities
285,252

 
15,563

 
860

 
2,403

 
7,269

 
259,157

Loans held for sale
7,484

 

 

 

 

 
7,484

Interest bearing deposits
80,215

 
80,215

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold
9,000

 
9,000

 

 

 

 

Restricted equity securities
3,012

 
3,012

 

 

 

 

Total earning assets
2,428,142

 
368,543

 
84,219

 
114,027

 
225,135

 
1,636,218

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
503,435

 
503,435

 

 

 

 

Money market demand accounts
727,654

 
727,654

 

 

 

 

Individual retirement accounts
76,568

 
4,692

 
6,615

 
9,114

 
14,452

 
41,695

Other savings
136,645

 
136,645

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit
537,196

 
20,077

 
37,316

 
58,266

 
139,853

 
281,684

 
1,981,498

 
1,392,503

 
43,931

 
67,380

 
154,305

 
323,379

Interest-sensitivity gap
$
446,644

 
(1,023,960
)
 
40,288

 
46,647

 
70,830

 
1,312,839

Cumulative gap
 
 
(1,023,960
)
 
(983,672
)
 
(937,025
)
 
(866,195
)
 
446,644

Interest-sensitivity gap as % of total assets
 
 
(40.3
)%
 
1.6
 %
 
1.8
 %
 
2.8
 %
 
51.6
%
Cumulative gap as % of total assets
 
 
(40.3
)%
 
(38.7
)%
 
(36.8
)%
 
(34.1
)%
 
17.6
%
The Company presently maintains a liability sensitive position over the next twelve months. However, management expects that liabilities of a demand nature will renew and that it will not be necessary to replace them with significantly higher cost funds.

32



Item 1A. Risk Factors .

Investing in the Company’s common stock involves various risks which are particular to the Company, its industry and its market areas. Several risk factors regarding investing in the Company’s common stock are discussed below. If any of the following risks were to occur, the Company may not be able to conduct its business as currently planned and its financial condition or operating results could be materially and negatively impacted. These matters could cause the trading price of the Company’s common stock to decline in future periods.

The Company’s loan portfolio includes a significant amount of real estate loans, including construction and development loans, which loans have a greater credit risk than residential mortgage loans.

As of December 31, 2018, approximately 93% of the Company’s loans held for investment were secured by real estate. Of this amount, approximately 37% were commercial real estate loans, 28% were residential real estate loans, 27% were construction and development loans and 8% were other real estate loans. In total these loans make up approximately 96% of the Company’s non-performing loans at December 31, 2018. Construction and development lending is generally considered to have relatively high credit risks because the principal is concentrated in a limited number of loans with repayment dependent on the successful completion and operation of the related real estate project. Real estate industry pricing dynamics in the geographical markets in which the Company operates can vary from year to year, and with respect to construction, can vary between project funding and project completion. Asset values to which the Company underwrites loans can fluctuate from year to year and impact collateral values and the ability of its borrowers to repay their loans.

Weakness in residential real estate market prices as well as demand could result in price reductions in home and land values adversely affecting the value of collateral securing some of the construction and development loans that the Company holds. Should the Company experience the return of adverse economic and real estate market conditions similar to those it experienced from 2008 through 2010, the Company may again experience increases in non-performing loans and other real estate owned, increased losses and expenses from the management and disposition of non-performing assets, increased charge-offs from the disposition of non-performing assets, increases in provision for loan losses, and increases in operating expenses as a result of the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work out of these loans, all of which would negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company has significant credit exposure to borrowers that are homebuilders and land developers and the Company also targets small to medium-sized businesses.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had significant credit exposures to borrowers in certain businesses, including new home builders and land subdividers. If the economic environments in the Company’s markets weaken in 2019 or beyond, these industry or other concentrations could result in higher than normal deterioration in credit quality, past dues, loan charge-offs and collateral value declines, all of which would negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, any of the Company’s large credit exposures that deteriorate unexpectedly could cause the Company to have to make significant additional loan loss provisions, negatively impacting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

A substantial focus of the Company’s marketing and business strategy is to serve small to medium-sized businesses in its market areas. As a result, a relatively high percentage of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of commercial loans primarily to small to medium-sized businesses. During periods of lower economic growth or recessionary environments, small to medium-sized businesses may be impacted more severely and more quickly than larger businesses. Consequently, the ability of such businesses to repay their loans may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur quickly, which would adversely impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company's net interest margin, and consequently its net earnings, are significantly affected by interest rate levels.

The Company’s profitability is dependent to a large extent on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on loans and investment securities and interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings. The absolute level of interest rates as well as changes in interest rates or that affect the yield curve may affect the Company’s level of interest income, the primary component of its gross revenue, as well as the level of its interest expense. Interest rate fluctuations are caused by many factors which, for the most part, are not under the Company’s direct control. For example, national monetary policy plays a significant role in the determination of interest rates. Additionally, competitor pricing and the resulting negotiations that occur with the Company’s customers also impact the rates the Company collects on loans and the rates it pays on deposits. In addition, changes in the method of determining the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or other reference rates, or

33



uncertainty related to such potential changes, may adversely affect the value of reference rate-linked debt securities that the Company holds or issues or its variable pricing loans, which could further impact the Company’s interest rate spread.

Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect the Company’s ability to originate real estate loans, the value of its assets and its ability to realize gains from the sale of its assets, all of which could ultimately affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. A decline in the market value of the Company’s assets may limit the Company’s ability to borrow additional funds. As a result, the Company could be required to sell some of its loans and investments under adverse market conditions, upon terms that are not favorable to the Company, in order to maintain its liquidity. If those sales are made at prices lower than the amortized costs of the investments, the Company will incur losses. Following an increase in the general level of interest rates, the Company’s ability to maintain a positive net interest spread is dependent on its ability to increase its loan offering rates, replace loan maturities with new originations, minimize increases on its deposit rates, and maintain an acceptable level and mix of funding. Although the Company has implemented procedures it believes will reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on its net interest income, these procedures may not always be successful. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect the Company’s net interest income and net interest margin, asset quality, loan origination volume, liquidity, and overall profitability. The Company cannot assure you that it can minimize its interest rate risk.

Over the last few years, interest rates have increased. Since December 2015, the Federal Reserve has raised short-term interest rates nine times and may institute further changes in the future. Because of significant competitive pressures in the Company’s markets and the negative impact of these pressures on the Company’s deposit and loan pricing, coupled with the fact that a significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio has variable rate pricing that moves in concert with changes to the FRB’s federal funds rate or LIBOR, the Company’s net interest margin may be negatively impacted if these short-term rates decline or do not continue to rise. However, further increases may also negatively impact the Company’s results of operations if it is unable to increase the rates it charges on loans or earns on its investment securities in excess of the increases it must pay on deposits and its other funding sources.

As interest rates change, the Company expects that it will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of its assets and liabilities, meaning that either its interest-bearing liabilities (usually deposits and borrowings) will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than its interest-earning assets (usually loans and investment securities), or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to the Company’s position, this “gap” may work against the Company, and its results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected. The Company attempts to manage its risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing characteristics, and balances of the different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. The Company employs the use of models and modeling techniques to quantify the levels of risk to net interest income, which inherently involve the use of assumptions, judgments, and estimates. While the Company strives to ensure the accuracy of its modeled interest rate risk profile, there are inherent limitations and imprecisions in this determination and actual results may differ.

Negative developments in the U.S. and local economy may adversely impact the Company’s results in the future.

The Company’s financial performance is highly dependent on the business environment in the markets where it operates and in the U.S. as a whole. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity, investor or business confidence, consumer sentiment, limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital, increases in inflation or interest rates, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, acts of war, or a combination of these or other factors. Economic conditions in the markets in which the Company operates deteriorated significantly between early 2008 and the middle of 2010. These challenges manifested themselves primarily in the form of increased levels of provisions for loan losses and other real estate expense related to declining collateral values in the Company’s real estate loan portfolio and increased costs associated with its portfolio of other real estate owned. A worsening of business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which the Company conducts business could have adverse effects, including the following:

a decrease in deposit balances or the demand for loans and other products and services the Company offers;
an increase in the number of borrowers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to the Company, which could lead to higher levels of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provisions for credit losses;
a decrease in the value of loans and other assets secured by real estate;
a decrease in net interest income from the Company’s lending and deposit gathering activities; and
an increase in competition resulting from financial services companies.



34



Although economic conditions have strengthened in most of the Company’s markets in recent periods, the Company believes that it is possible it will continue to experience an uncertain and volatile economic environment during 2019. There can be no assurance that these conditions will improve in the near term or that conditions will not worsen. Such conditions could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, over the last several years, including from December 22, 2018 until January 25, 2019, the federal government has shut down several times, in some cases for prolonged periods. It is possible that the federal government may shut down again in the future. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the Company’s markets, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is geographically concentrated in Wilson County, Tennessee and its surrounding counties and changes in local economic conditions could impact its profitability.

The Company operates primarily in Wilson, DeKalb, Smith, Rutherford, Putnam, Davidson, Williamson and Sumner counties and certain of the surrounding counties and substantially all of its loan customers and most of its deposit and other customers live or have operations in this same geographic area. Accordingly, the Company’s success significantly depends upon the growth in population, income levels, and deposits in these areas, along with the continued attraction of business ventures to the area and the area’s economic stability and strength of the housing market, and its profitability is impacted by the changes in general economic conditions in these markets. The Company cannot assure investors that economic conditions in its markets will continue to remain healthy during 2019 or thereafter, and weakened economic conditions in the Company’s markets could cause the Company to constrict its growth rate, affect the ability of its customers to repay their loans and negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is less able than a larger institution to spread the risks of unfavorable local economic conditions across a large number of diversified economies. Moreover, the Company cannot give any assurance that it will benefit from any market growth or return of more favorable economic conditions in its primary market areas if they do occur.

The Company could sustain losses if its asset quality declines.

The Company’s earnings are significantly affected by its ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. The Company could sustain losses if it incorrectly assesses the creditworthiness of its borrowers or fails to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner. Problems with asset quality, particularly within the commercial real estate segment of the Company’s loan portfolio, could cause the Company’s interest income and net interest margin to decrease and its provisions for loan losses and non-interest expenses to increase, which could adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.

An inadequate allowance for loan losses would negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the loan portfolio, provides an allowance for loan losses based upon a percentage of the outstanding balances and takes a charge against earnings with respect to specific loans when their ultimate collectibility is considered questionable. Actual losses are difficult to forecast especially if those losses stem from factors beyond the Company’s historical experience or are otherwise inconsistent with the Company’s credit quality assessments. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb losses, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the Company’s loan portfolio and may require it to increase its allowance for loan losses or recognize loan charge-offs. Their conclusions about the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio may be different than the Company’s. Any increase in the Company’s allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. Moreover, additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and real estate market conditions, new information regarding existing loans or borrowers, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Company’s management’s control. These additions may require increased provision expense which would negatively impact the Company’s results of operations.

35



A new accounting standard may require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses and could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020. This standard, referred to as current expected credit loss, or CECL, will require financial institutions to determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses through provision for loan losses. This will change the current method of provisioning for loan losses that are probable, which may require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses, and is likely to increase the types of data the Company would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of its allowance for loan losses. In addition, this change may result in more volatility in the level of the Company’s allowance for loan losses. An increase, to the extent material, in the Company’s allowance for loan losses or expenses incurred to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, and could result in a reduction in the Company’s CET1 capital ratio. As discussed above, a reduction in the Company’s or the Bank’s capital levels could subject it to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities and would negatively impact the Company’s ability to pursue expansion opportunities if it is unable to satisfactorily raise additional capital.

The Company has sought to expand its franchise by developing new markets or expanding its operations in existing markets and may continue to do so in future years.
 
Since 2014, the Company has opened branch locations in Putnam County, Rutherford County, Davidson County and Williamson County as it sought to expand its footprint beyond its historical markets. Expansion, whether by opening new branches or acquiring existing branches or whole banks, involves various risks, including:

Management of Growth. The Company may be unable to successfully:

maintain loan quality in the context of significant loan growth;
identify and expand into suitable markets;
obtain regulatory and other approvals;
identify and acquire suitable sites for new banking offices;
attract sufficient deposits and capital to fund anticipated loan growth;
avoid diversion or disruption of its existing operations or management as well as those of an acquired institution;
maintain adequate management personnel and systems to oversee and support such growth;
maintain adequate internal audit, loan review and compliance functions; and
implement additional policies, procedures and operating systems required to support such growth.

Results of Operations . There is no assurance that existing offices or future offices will maintain or achieve deposit levels, loan balances or other operating results necessary to avoid losses or produce profits. Execution on a growth strategy could lead to increases in overhead expenses if the Company were to add new offices and staff. The Company’s historical results may not be indicative of future results or results that may be achieved if it were to increase the number and concentration of its branch offices in its existing or new markets.

Development of Offices . There are considerable costs involved in opening branches, and new branches generally do not generate sufficient revenues to offset their costs until they have been in operation for at least a year or more. Accordingly, any new branches the Company establishes can be expected to negatively impact the Company’s earnings for some period of time until they reach certain economies of scale. The same is true for the Company’s efforts to expand in these markets with the hiring of additional seasoned professionals with significant experience in that market. The Company’s expenses could be further increased if it encounters delays in opening any of its new branches. The Company may be unable to accomplish future branch expansion plans due to a lack of available satisfactory sites, difficulties in acquiring such sites, failure to receive any required regulatory approvals, on a timely basis or at all, increased expenses or loss of potential sites due to complexities associated with zoning and permitting processes, higher than anticipated merger and acquisition costs or other factors. Finally, any branch may not meet the Company’s long-term profitability expectations or otherwise be successful even after it has been established or acquired, as the case may be.

Regulatory and Economic Factors . Growth of banks like the Bank may be adversely affected by a number of regulatory and economic developments or other events. Failure to obtain required regulatory approvals, changes in laws and regulations or other regulatory developments and changes in prevailing economic conditions or other unanticipated events may prevent or adversely affect the Company’s growth and expansion. Such factors may cause the Company to alter its growth and expansion plans or slow or halt the growth and expansion process, which may prevent the Company from entering into or expanding in its targeted markets or allow competitors to gain or retain market share in the Company’s existing markets.


36



Failure to successfully address these and other issues related to the Company’s expansion could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations, and could adversely affect its ability to successfully implement its business strategy.

The Company is dependent on its information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicers, and systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security could have an adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is dependent upon information technologies, computer systems and networks, including those maintained by it and those maintained and provided to the Company by third parties, to conduct operations and is reliant on technology to help increase efficiency in its business. These systems could become unavailable or impaired from a variety of causes, including storms and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, fires, utility outages, internal or external theft or fraud, design defects, human error or complications encountered as existing systems are maintained, replaced or upgraded. The Company maintains a system of internal controls and security to mitigate the risks of many of these occurrences and maintains insurance coverage for certain risks; however, should an event occur that is not prevented or detected by the Company’s internal controls, causes an interruption in service, or is uninsured against or in excess of applicable insurance limits, such occurrence could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business and its reputation, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

The Company’s operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in its computer systems and networks. Although the Company takes protective measures and endeavors to modify these systems as circumstances warrant, the security of its computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. The Company provides its customers the ability to bank remotely, including over the Internet or through their mobile device. The secure transmission of confidential information is a critical element of remote and mobile banking. The Company’s network, and the systems of parties with whom it contracts or on which it relies, as well as those of its customers and regulators, could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches. Sources of attacks vary and may include hackers, disgruntled employees or vendors, organized crime, terrorists, foreign governments, corporate espionage and activists. In recent periods, there continues to be a rise in electronic fraudulent activity, security breaches and cyber-attacks within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector due to cyber criminals targeting commercial bank accounts.

Cybersecurity risks for banking organizations have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, and the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions. For example, cybersecurity risks may increase in the future as the Company continues to increase its mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings and expand its internal usage of web-based products and applications. Even the most advanced internal control environment may be vulnerable to compromise. Targeted social engineering attacks are becoming more sophisticated and are extremely difficult to prevent. The techniques used by bad actors change frequently, may not be recognized until launched and may not be recognized until well after a breach has occurred. Additionally, the existence of cyber-attacks or security breaches at third parties with access to the Company’s data, such as vendors, may not be disclosed to the Company in a timely manner. Consistent with industry trends, the Company remains at risk for attempted electronic fraudulent activity, as well as attempts at security breaches and cybersecurity-related incidents. The Company may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the Company’s activities or the activities of its vendors, regulators or customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches (including breaches of security of customer, vendor or regulator systems and networks) and viruses could expose the Company to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities, which may be significant. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in the Company’s systems and could adversely affect its reputation, results of operations and ability to attract and maintain customers and businesses. In addition, a security breach could also subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, expose it to civil litigation and possible financial liability and cause reputational damage.

The Company contracts with third-party vendors to provide software or services for many of its major systems, such as data processing, loan servicing and deposit processing system. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt the Company’s operations. Because the Company’s information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, the Company could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could result in a deterioration of the Company’s ability to process new and renewal loans, gather deposits and provide customer service, compromise its ability to operate effectively, damage its reputation, result in a loss of customer business and/or subject it to additional regulatory scrutiny

37



and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company also faces the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination, or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate its business activities, including vendors, exchanges, and other financial intermediaries. Such parties could also be the source or cause of an attack on, or breach of, the Company’s operational systems, data or infrastructure, and could disclose such attack or breach to the Company in a delayed manner or not at all. In addition, the Company may be at risk of an operational failure with respect to its customers’ systems. The Company’s risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats and the continued uncertain global economic environment.

As cyber threats continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend significant, additional resources to continue to modify or enhance its protective measures, investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities, or respond to any changes to state or federal regulations, policy statements or laws concerning information systems or security. Any failure to maintain adequate security over its information systems, its technology-driven products and services or its customers’ personal and transactional information could negatively affect its business and its reputation and result in fines, penalties, or other costs, including litigation expense and/or additional compliance costs, all of which could have material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Furthermore, the public perception that a cyber-attack on the Company’s systems has been successful, whether or not this perception is correct, may damage the Company’s reputation with customers and third parties with whom it does business. A successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause the Company negative consequences, including loss of customers and business opportunities, disruption to the Company’s operations and business, misappropriation or destruction of the Company’s confidential information and/or that of its customers, or damage to its customers’ and/or third parties’ computers or systems, and could result in a violation of applicable privacy laws and other laws, litigation exposure, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, loss of confidence in the Company’s security measures, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensatory costs, additional compliance costs, and could adversely impact the Company’s results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.

The Company’s risk and exposure to cyber threats and other information security breaches is heightened as it expands its use of cloud technology and internet and mobile banking delivery channels for its products and services.

Changes that became effective on January 1, 2015 to capital requirements for bank holding companies and depository institutions may negatively impact the Company’s and the Bank’s results of operations.
    
In July 2013, the FRB and the FDIC approved final rules that substantially amended the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and the Bank. The final rules, which became effective on January 1, 2015, implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act increase the capital requirements of bank holding companies. The leverage and risk-based capital ratios of these entities may not be lower than the leverage and risk-based capital ratios for insured depository institutions. The final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital reforms include new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios. These rules also refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The minimum capital level requirements applicable to bank holding companies and banks subject to the rules are: (i) a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% (that is fully phased in as of January 1, 2019) above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a CET1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital levels fall below the buffer amounts. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

The application of more stringent capital requirements for the Company and the Bank, like those implementing the Basel III reforms (particularly CET1 capital ratio), could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if the Company or the Bank were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of the final rules regarding Basel III could result in the Company or the Bank having to lengthen the term of their funding, restructure their business models and/or increase their holdings of liquid assets, which could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy and could limit the Company’s and the Bank’s ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back shares.


38



Liquidity risk could impair the Company’s ability to fund its operations and jeopardize its financial condition.

Liquidity represents an institution’s ability to provide funds to satisfy demands from depositors, borrowers and other creditors by either converting assets into cash or accessing new or existing sources of incremental funds. Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Company may be unable to satisfy current or future funding requirements and needs.

The objective of managing liquidity risk is to ensure that the Company’s cash flow requirements resulting from depositor, borrower and other creditor demands are met, as well as the Company’s operating cash needs, and that the Company’s cost of funding such requirements and needs is reasonable. The Company maintains an asset/liability and interest rate risk policy and a liquidity and funds management policy, including a contingency funding plan that, among other things, include procedures for managing and monitoring liquidity risk. Generally the Company relies on deposits, repayments of loans and cash flows from its investment securities as its primary sources of funds. The Company’s principal deposit sources include consumer, commercial and public funds customers in the Company’s markets. The Company has used these funds, together with wholesale deposit sources such as federal funds purchased and other sources of short-term and long-term borrowings, to make loans, acquire investment securities and other assets and to fund continuing operations.

An inability to maintain or raise funds in amounts necessary to meet the Company’s liquidity needs could have a substantial negative effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s and the Bank's liquidity. The Company’s access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance its activities, or on terms attractive to it, could be impaired by factors that affect the Company specifically or the financial services industry in general. For example, factors that could detrimentally impact the Company’s access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of its business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against it or the Bank, a reduction in its credit rating, any damage to its reputation or any other decrease in depositor or investor confidence in the Company’s creditworthiness and business. The Company’s access to liquidity could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to it, such as severe volatility or disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole. Any such event or failure to manage the Company’s liquidity effectively could affect its competitive position, increase its borrowing costs and the interest rates it pays on deposits, limit its access to the capital markets, cause its regulators to criticize its operations and have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

Deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including demands by customers, rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, returns available to customers on alternative investments, general economic and market conditions and other factors. Loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds but are subject to the borrowers’ ability to repay loans, which can be adversely affected by a number of factors including changes in general economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups or specific businesses, declines in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters, prolonged government shutdowns and other factors. Furthermore, loans generally are not readily convertible to cash. Accordingly, the Company may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet growth in loans, deposit withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such secondary sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, brokered deposits, secured and unsecured federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, FRB borrowings and/or accessing the equity or debt capital markets.

The Company anticipates it will continue to rely primarily on deposits, loan repayments, and cash flows from its investment securities to provide liquidity. Additionally, where necessary, the secondary sources of borrowed funds described above will be used to augment the Company’s primary funding sources. If the Company is unable to access any of these secondary funding sources when needed, it might be unable to meet its customers’ or creditors’ needs, which would adversely affect its financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

The performance of the Company’s investment securities portfolio is subject to fluctuation due to changes in interest rates and market conditions, including credit deterioration of the issuers of individual securities.

Changes in interest rates can negatively affect the performance of most of the Company’s investment securities. Interest rate volatility can reduce unrealized gains or increase unrealized losses in the Company’s portfolio. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political issues, including trade disputes, and other factors beyond the Company’s control. Fluctuations in interest rates can materially affect both the returns on and market value of the Company’s investment securities. Additionally, actual investment income and cash flows from investment securities that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed securities and callable securities, may materially differ from those anticipated at the time of investment or subsequently as a result of changes in interest rates and market conditions.

The Company’s investment securities portfolio consists of several securities whose trading markets are “not active.” As a result, the Company utilizes alternative methodologies for pricing these securities that include various estimates and assumptions. There can be no assurance that the Company can sell these investment securities at the price derived by these

39



methodologies, or that it can sell these investment securities at all, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

The Company monitors the financial position of the various issues of investment securities in its portfolio, including each of the state and local governments and other political subdivisions where it has exposure. To the extent the Company has securities in its portfolio from issuers who have experienced a deterioration of financial condition, or who may experience future deterioration of financial condition, the value of such securities may decline and could result in an other-than-temporary impairment charge, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

In addition, from time to time the Company may restructure portions of its investment securities portfolio as part of its asset liability management strategies, and may incur loses, which may be material, in connection with any such restructuring.

Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could result in losses.

In the course of business, the Bank may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans it has originated or purchased which are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on these properties. In this event, the Company, or the Bank, might be required to remove these substances from the affected properties at the Company’s sole cost and expense. The cost of this removal could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. The Company and the Bank may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company has acquired a number of retail banking facilities and other real properties, any of which may contain hazardous or toxic substances. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability.

Competition from financial institutions and other financial service providers may adversely affect the Company’s profitability.

The banking business is highly competitive and the Company experiences competition in each of its markets from many other financial institutions. The Company competes with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds, and other mutual funds, as well as other community banks and super-regional and national financial institutions that operate offices in the Company’s primary market areas and elsewhere. Many of the Company’s competitors are well-established, larger financial institutions that have greater resources and lending limits and a lower cost of funds than the Company has.

Additionally, the Company faces competition from similarly sized and smaller community banks, including those with senior management who were previously affiliated with other local or regional banks or those controlled by investor groups with strong local business and community ties. These community banks may offer higher deposit rates or lower cost loans in an effort to attract the Company’s customers, and may attempt to hire the Company’s management and employees.

Some of the Company’s competitors, including credit unions, are not subject to certain regulatory constraints, such as the Community Reinvestment Act, which, among other things, requires the Company to implement procedures to make and monitor loans throughout the communities it serves. Credit unions also have federal tax exemptions that may allow them to offer lower rates on loans and higher rates on deposits than taxpaying financial institutions such as commercial banks. In addition, non-depository institution competitors are generally not subject to the extensive regulation applicable to institutions, like the Bank, that offer federally insured deposits. Other institutions may have other competitive advantages in particular markets or may be willing to accept lower profit margins on certain products.

The Company competes with these other financial and non-financial institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans. In addition, the Company has to attract its customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents. This competition at times has made it more difficult for the Company to make new loans and at times has forced the Company to offer higher deposit rates or utilize secondary sources of liquidity. Price competition for loans and deposits might result in the Company earning less interest on its loans and paying more interest on its deposits, which reduces the Company’s net interest income. The Company’s profitability depends upon its continued ability to successfully compete with an array of financial and non-financial institutions in its market areas.


40



The Company’s key management personnel may leave at any time .

The Company’s future success depends to a significant extent on the continued service of its key management personnel, especially Randall Clemons, its president and chief executive officer, and John McDearman, III, the president of the Bank. While the Company does not have employment agreements with any of its personnel and can provide no assurance that it will be able to retain any of its key officers and employees or attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, it has entered into non-competition agreements with such persons which would prevent them in most circumstances, from competing with the Bank for one year following their termination. In addition, these persons are parties to certain deferred compensation, supplemental retirement and equity incentive plans, the benefits of which would cease to accrue upon the termination of the person’s employment with the Company or the Bank.

The Company has previously announced that Mr. Clemons intends to retire at the end of 2019. Mr. Clemons has been a large part of the Company’s success and the Company’s ability to continue to grow its loan portfolio and deliver returns for its shareholders will depend on the ability of his successor to manage the transition smoothly and operate the Bank in a profitable manner.

The Company, as well as the Bank, operate in an increasingly highly regulated environment and are supervised and examined by various federal and state regulatory agencies who may adversely affect the Company’s ability to conduct business.

The TDFI and the FRB supervise and examine the Bank and the Company, respectively. Because the Bank’s deposits are federally insured, the FDIC also regulates its activities. These and other regulatory agencies impose certain regulations and restrictions on the Bank, including:

explicit standards as to capital and financial condition;
limitations on the permissible types, amounts and extensions of credit and investments;
restrictions on permissible non-banking activities; and
restrictions on dividend payments.

Federal and state regulatory agencies have extensive discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks and bank holding companies. As a result, the Company must expend significant time and expense to assure that it is in compliance with regulatory requirements and agency practices.

The Company, as well as the Bank, also undergoes periodic examinations by one or more regulatory agencies. Following such examinations, the Company or the Bank may be required, among other things, to make additional provisions to its allowance for loan loss, to restrict its operations or to increase its capital levels. These actions would result from the regulators’ judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examination. The Bank’s operations are also governed by a wide variety of state and federal consumer protection laws and regulations. These federal and state regulatory restrictions limit the manner in which the Company and the Bank may conduct business and obtain financing. These laws and regulations can and do change significantly from time to time, and any such changes could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

Federal or state legislation or regulation may increase the Company’s expenses and reduce earnings.

Federal bank regulators are increasing regulatory scrutiny, and additional restrictions (including those originating from the Dodd-Frank Act) on financial institutions have been proposed or adopted by regulators and by Congress. Changes in tax law, federal legislation, regulation or policies, such as bankruptcy laws, deposit insurance, consumer protection laws, and capital requirements, among others, can result in significant increases in the Company’s expenses and/or charge-offs, which may adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition. Changes in state or federal tax laws or regulations can have a similar impact. State and municipal governments, including the State of Tennessee, could seek to increase their tax revenues through increased tax levies which could have a meaningful impact on the Company’s results of operations. Furthermore, financial institution regulatory agencies may continue to be aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the continued issuance of additional formal or informal enforcement or supervisory actions. These actions, whether formal or informal, could result in the Company’s or the Bank’s agreeing to limitations or monetary penalties or to take actions that limit its operational flexibility, restrict its growth or increase its capital or liquidity levels, any of which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. Failure to comply with any formal or informal regulatory restrictions, including informal supervisory actions, could lead to further regulatory enforcement actions. Negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of recently enacted or new legislation in response to those developments could negatively impact the Company’s operations by restricting its business operations, including its ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact its financial performance. In addition, industry, legislative or regulatory developments may cause the Company to materially change its existing strategic direction, capital strategies, compensation or operating plans. Moreover, the passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which contains provisions limiting the mortgage interest

41



tax deduction and eliminating the deduction for interest paid on home equity loans, may negatively affect the Company’s ability to originate residential real estate loans (including home equity lines of credit).

Implementation of the various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act has resulted in increases in the Company’s operating costs and may continue to cause additional increases, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

Since the 2008 financial crisis, financial institutions generally have been subjected to increased regulation and scrutiny from federal regulatory authorities. The U.S. Congress responded to the financial crisis by enacting a variety of statutes, in particular the Dodd-Frank Act, which contained numerous far-reaching changes and reforms for the financial services industry and directs federal regulatory agencies to issue regulations to implement these reforms. The Dodd-Frank Act also restructured the regulation of depository institutions, including the creation of the CFPB to administer consumer protection and fair lending laws, a function that was formerly performed by the depository institution regulators. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules adopted to implement those provisions have made far-reaching changes to the regulatory framework under which the Company operates and have had, and may continue to have, a material impact on the Company’s operations, particularly through increased regulatory burdens and compliance costs. Community banks with less than $10 billion in assets (like the Bank) are exempt from certain provisions of the legislation.

Ongoing compliance with the Company’s regulatory obligations may result in further increased regulatory compliance costs, fee reductions and restrictions on activities in which the Company may have otherwise engaged, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, the Company’s failure to comply with these or other regulations could result in regulatory enforcement actions against the Company or make it more difficult to receive any required regulatory approvals necessary to execute on the Company’s growth strategy, each of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, business or financial condition.

Future changes to the laws and regulations applicable to the financial industry, if enacted or adopted, may impact the Company’s profitability or financial condition, require more oversight or change certain of the Company’s business practices, and expose it to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislative or regulatory changes, including those that could benefit its business and results of operations, will be enacted or adopted or, if they are, whether they will have a material effect on the Company.

An ineffective risk management framework could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s strategic planning and its ability to mitigate risks and/or losses and could have adverse regulatory consequences.

The Company has implemented a risk management framework to identify and manage its risk exposure. This framework is comprised of various processes, systems and strategies, and is designed to manage the types of risk to which it is subject, including, among others, credit, market, liquidity, operational, capital, compliance, strategic and reputational risks. The Company’s framework also includes financial, analytical, forecasting, or other modeling methodologies, which involves management assumptions and judgment. However, there is no assurance that the Company’s risk management framework will be effective under all circumstances or that it will adequately identify, manage or mitigate any risk or loss to it. If the Company’s risk management framework is not effective, it could suffer unexpected losses and become subject to regulatory consequences, as a result of which its business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected.

The Company’s accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models and tools.

The processes the Company uses to estimate probable credit losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other measures of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, depend upon the use of analytical and forecasting models and tools. These models and tools reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are accurate, the models and tools may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. Any such failure in the Company’s analytical or forecasting models and tools could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s selection of accounting policies and methods may affect its reported financial results.

The Company’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner to report its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy

42



or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in the Company reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, the Company may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided; reduce the carrying value of an asset measured at fair value; recognize an other-than-temporary impairment of securities; or significantly increase the Company’s accrued tax liability. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. For a discussion of the Company’s critical accounting policies, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates” contained in the 2018 Annual Report.

The Company currently invests in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) and may continue to do so in the future.

The Company had approximately $30.95 million in general, hybrid and separate account BOLI contracts at December 31, 2018. BOLI is an illiquid long-term asset that provides tax savings because cash value growth and life insurance proceeds are not taxable. However, if the Company needed additional liquidity and converted the BOLI to cash, such transaction would be subject to ordinary income tax and applicable penalties. The Company is also exposed to the credit risk of the underlying securities in the investment portfolio and to the insurance carrier’s credit risk (in a general account contract). If BOLI was exchanged to another carrier, additional fees would be incurred and a tax-free exchange could only be done for insureds that were still actively employed by the Company at that time. There is interest rate risk relating to the market value of the underlying investment securities associated with the BOLI in that there is no assurance that the market value of these securities will not decline. Investing in BOLI exposes the Company to liquidity, credit and interest rate risk, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

The Company’s business reputation and relationships are important and any damage to them could have a material adverse effect on its business.

The Company’s reputation is very important in sustaining its business and it relies on its relationships with its current, former and potential clients and shareholders and other actors in the industries that it serves. Any damage to the Company’s reputation, whether arising from regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions, matters affecting the Company’s financial reporting or compliance with SEC requirements, negative publicity, the way in which the Company conducts its business or otherwise could strain its existing relationships and make it difficult for the Company to develop new relationships. Any such damage to the Company’s reputation and relationships could in turn lead to a material adverse effect on its business.

The Company is subject to certain litigation, and its expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect its results.

The Company is from time to time subject to certain litigation in the ordinary course of its business. The Company may also be subject to claims related to its loan servicing programs, particularly those involving servicing of commercial real estate loans. These and other claims and legal actions, as well as supervisory and enforcement actions by the Company’s regulators, including those with oversight of its loan servicing programs, could involve large monetary claims, capital directives, agreements with federal regulators, cease and desist orders and significant defense costs. The outcome of any such cases or actions is uncertain. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against the Company could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to the Company, which in turn could seriously harm its business prospects.

In accordance with GAAP, for matters where a loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be estimated, no accrual is established. For matters where it is probable the Company will incur a loss and the amount can be reasonably estimated, the Company establishes an accrual for the loss. Once established, the accrual is adjusted periodically to reflect any relevant developments. The actual cost of any outstanding legal proceedings or threatened claims, however, may turn out to be substantially higher than the amount accrued. Further, the Company’s insurance may not cover all litigation, other proceedings or claims, or the costs of defense. Future developments could result in an unfavorable outcome for any existing or new lawsuits or investigations in which the Company is, or may become, involved, which may have a material adverse effect on its business and its results of operations.





43



The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.

The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and financial stability of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to various counterparties, including brokers and dealers, commercial and correspondent banks, and others. As a result, defaults by, or rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, may result in market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by such other institutions. Such occurrences could expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of one or more counterparties and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

The Company depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into certain transactions, the Company relies on information furnished by or on behalf of customers, including financial statements, credit reports, tax returns and other financial information. The Company may also rely on representations of those customers or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading personal information, financial statements, credit reports, tax returns or other financial information, including information falsely provided as a result of identity theft, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company may be subject to claims and litigation asserting lender liability.

From time to time, and particularly during periods of economic stress, customers, including real estate developers and consumer borrowers, may make claims or otherwise take legal action pertaining to performance of the Company’s responsibilities. These claims are often referred to as “lender liability” claims and are sometimes brought in an effort to produce or increase leverage against the Company in workout negotiations or debt collection proceedings. Lender liability claims frequently assert one or more of the following allegations: breach of fiduciary duties, fraud, economic duress, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and similar claims. Whether customer claims and legal action related to the performance of the Company’s responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and legal actions are not resolved in a favorable manner, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the Company’s market reputation, products and services, as well as potentially affecting customer demand for those products and services. Any financial liability or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Natural disasters may adversely affect the Company.

The Company’s operations and customer base are located in markets where natural disasters, including tornadoes, severe storms, fires, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes often occur. Such natural disasters could significantly impact the local population and economies and the Company’s business, and could pose physical risks to its properties. Although the Company maintains insurance coverages for such events, a significant natural disaster in or near one or more of the Company’s markets could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

The Company’s asset valuation may include methodologies, estimations and assumptions which are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to asset valuations that may materially adversely affect its results of operations or financial condition.

The Company uses estimates, assumptions, and judgments when financial assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices and/or other observable inputs provided by independent third-party sources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, fair value is estimated primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques utilizing assumptions such as credit quality, liquidity, interest rates and other relevant inputs. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could materially impact the Company’s future financial condition and results of operations.

During periods of market disruption, including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be difficult to value certain assets if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the current financial environment. In such cases, certain asset valuations may require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation

44



of assets as reported within the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value may have a material adverse effect on results of operations or financial condition.

Valuation methodologies which are particularly susceptible to the conditions mentioned above include those used to value certain securities in the Company’s available for sale investment portfolio such as auction rate securities and non-agency mortgage and asset-backed securities, in addition to non-marketable private equity securities, loans held for sale and intangible assets.

The Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends is limited.

While the Company has historically paid a quarterly cash dividend on its common stock, there can be no assurance of whether or when it may pay dividends on its common stock in the future. Future dividends, if any, will be declared and paid at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including the Company’s and the Bank’s capital levels. The Company’s principal source of funds used to pay cash dividends on its common stock will be dividends that it receives from the Bank. Although the Bank’s asset quality, earnings performance, liquidity and capital requirements will be taken into account before the Company declares or pays any future dividends on its common stock, the Company’s board of directors will also consider its liquidity and capital requirements and its board of directors could determine to declare and pay dividends without relying on dividend payments from the Bank.

Federal and state banking laws and regulations and state corporate laws restrict the amount of dividends the Company may declare and pay and that the Bank may declare and pay to the Company. For example, FRB regulations implementing the capital rules required under Basel III do not permit dividends unless capital levels exceed certain higher levels applying capital conservation buffers.

If the Company fails to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to accurately report its financial results. As a result, current and potential holders of the Company’s common stock could lose confidence in the Company’s financial reporting, which would harm the Company’s business and the trading price of its securities.

Maintaining and adapting the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations of the SEC, is expensive and requires significant management attention. Moreover, as the Company continues to grow, its internal controls may become more complex and require additional resources to ensure they remain effective amid dynamic regulatory and other guidance. Failure to maintain effective controls or implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in the process may harm the Company’s results of operations and financial condition or cause it to fail to meet its reporting obligations. If the Company or its independent registered public accounting firm identify material weaknesses in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting or the Company is otherwise required to restate the its financial statements, the Company could be required to implement expensive and time-consuming remedial measures and could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of its financial reports. The Company may also face regulatory enforcement or other actions. This could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as the trading price of the Company’s securities, and could potentially subject the Company to litigation.

The Company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength for the Bank in times of stress.

Under federal law, the Company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank, and to commit resources to support the Bank if necessary. The Company may be required to commit additional resources to the Bank, or guarantee the Bank’s compliance with a capital plan developed by the Bank to raise capital, at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources or guarantee or when it may not be in the Company’s, or its shareholders’ or its creditors’ best interests to do so. Providing such support is more likely during times of financial stress for the Company and the Bank, which may make any capital the Company is required to raise to provide such support more expensive than it might otherwise be. In addition, any capital loans the Company makes to the Bank are subordinate in right of payment to depositors and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank. In the event of the Company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by it to a federal banking regulator to maintain the capital of the Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Non-compliance with the Patriot Act, the BSA or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions against the Company.

The BSA, as amended by the Patriot Act, requires financial institutions to design and implement programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. If such activities are detected, financial

45



institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches, as well as additional operating expenses to add staff and/or technological enhancements to the Company’s systems to better comply.

The Company’s common stock is thinly traded, and recent prices may not reflect the prices at which the stock would trade in an active trading market.

The Company’s common stock is not traded through an organized exchange, but rather is traded in individually-arranged transactions between buyers and sellers. Therefore, recent prices at which the stock has traded may not necessarily reflect the actual value of the Company’s common stock. A shareholder’s ability to sell the shares of Company common stock in a timely manner may be substantially limited by the lack of a trading market for the common stock.

An investment in the Company’s common stock is not an insured deposit.

The Company’s common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in the Company’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the equity market forces like other common stock. As a result, if you acquire the Company’s stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .
None.
Item 2. Properties

The Company’s main office is owned by the Company and consists of approximately four acres at 623 West Main Street, Lebanon, Tennessee. The building is a two story, brick building, with approximately 35,000 square feet. The lot has approximately 350 feet of road frontage on West Main Street. In spring 2018, the Bank completed construction on its new 67,000 square foot operations center located at 105 North Castle Heights Avenue, Lebanon, Tennessee, which is adjacent to the 623 West Main Street office. In addition thereto, the Bank has twenty-eight branch locations located at the following locations: 1436 West Main Street, Lebanon, Tennessee; 1444 Baddour Parkway, Lebanon, Tennessee; 200 Tennessee Boulevard, Lebanon, Tennessee; 8875 Stewart’s Ferry Pike, Gladeville, Tennessee; 402 Public Square, Watertown, Tennessee; 1476 North Mt. Juliet Road, Mt. Juliet, Tennessee; 11835 Highway 70, Mount Juliet, Tennessee; 1130 Castle Heights Avenue North, Lebanon, Tennessee; 127 McMurry Blvd., Hartsville, Tennessee; the Wal-Mart Supercenter, Lebanon, Tennessee; 440 Highway 109 North, Lebanon, Tennessee; 4736 Andrew Jackson Parkway in Hermitage, Tennessee; 3110 Memorial Blvd in Murfreesboro, Tennessee; 210 Commerce Drive in Smyrna, Tennessee; 2640 South Church Street, Murfreesboro, Tennessee; 217 Donelson Pike, Nashville, Tennessee; 2930 West End Avenue, Nashville, Tennessee; 710 NW Broad in Murfreesboro, Tennessee; 4195 Franklin Road, Murfreesboro, Tennessee; 576 West Broad Street in Smithville, Tennessee; 306 Brush Creek Road in Alexandria, Tennessee; 1300 Main Street North in Carthage, Tennessee; 7 New Middleton Highway in Gordonsville, Tennessee; 709 South Mt. Juliet Road, Mt. Juliet, Tennessee; 455 West Main Street, Gallatin, Tennessee; 175 East Main Street, Hendersonville, Tennessee; 320 South Jefferson Avenue, Cookeville, Tennessee; 9200 Carothers Parkway, Suite 108, Franklin, Tennessee; a Loan Production Office at 393 Maple Street Suite 100-A in Gallatin, Tennessee and a Loan Production Office at 161 Harold court in Franklin, Tennessee.

The Mt. Juliet office contains approximately 16,000 square feet of space; the Castle Heights Office contains 2,400 square feet of space; the Hartsville Office contains 8,000 square feet of space; the Leeville-109 branch contains approximately 4,000 square feet. The Hermitage branch opened in the fall of 1999 and contains 8,000 square feet of space. The Gladeville branch contains approximately 3,400 square feet of space. The Lebanon facility at Tennessee Boulevard was expanded in 1997 to 2,200 square feet of space. The Mt. Juliet facility on Highway 70 was completed in July 2004 and contains approximately 3,450 square feet of space and the Providence facility which was opened in 2011 contains approximately 4,450 square feet of space. The NorthWest Broad Street facility was relocated from a leased office to an office owned by the Bank in 2011 and contains approximately 6,300 square feet of space. The Smyrna office opened in September of 2006 and contains approximately 3,600 square feet of space. The Memorial Blvd office in Murfreesboro opened in October of 2006 and contains approximately 7,800 square feet of space. The Highway 96 office in Murfreesboro opened in January 2017 and contains approximately 4,700 square feet of space. The South Church Street office in Murfreesboro opened in January 2008 and contains approximately 7,800 square feet of space. The West End office in Nashville opened in August 2017 and contains approximately 3,200 square feet of

46



space. The Cool Springs office in Franklin opened in December 2018 and contains approximately 4,180 square feet of space. Each of the branch facilities of the Bank not otherwise described above contains approximately 1,000 square feet of space.

The Bank also has a facility at 576 West Broad Street in Smithville, Tennessee which was expanded in 2001 and now contains approximately 10,300 square feet of space and a facility at 306 Brush Creek Road in Alexandria, Tennessee which occupies approximately 2,400 square feet of space. The Bank owns both facilities. The Bank also owns a building at 1300 Main Street North, Carthage, Tennessee, which was expanded in 2005 and now contains approximately 11,000 square feet and a second facility in Gordonsville, Tennessee at 7 New Middleton Highway, Gordonsville, Tennessee. The Bank owns a building at 455 West Main Street in Gallatin, Tennessee which occupies approximately 4,800 square feet of space and a building at 175 East Main Street in Hendersonville, Tennessee which occupies approximately 6,300 square feet of space. The Bank owns a building at 217 Donelson Pike, Donelson, Tennessee which occupies approximately 8,000 square feet of space and a building at 320 South Jefferson Avenue, Cookeville, Tennessee, which occupies approximately 6,300 square feet of space. The Bank owns all of its branch facilities except for the Lebanon facility at Tennessee Boulevard, its space in the Wal-Mart Supercenter, its Loan Production office in Gallatin, its West End office in Nashville and its Cool Springs office in Franklin. The Bank also leases space at seven locations within Wilson County, DeKalb County, Rutherford County, Davidson County, Smith County and Cannon County where it maintains and operates automatic teller machines.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

As of the date hereof, there are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of its properties are subject; nor are there material proceedings known to the Company or its subsidiaries to be contemplated by any governmental authority; nor are there material proceedings known to the Company or its subsidiaries, pending or contemplated, in which any director, officer or affiliate or any principal security holder of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any associate of any of the foregoing, is a party or has an interest adverse to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not Applicable.

47



PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchasers of Equity Securities
Information required by this item is contained under the heading “Holding Company & Stock Information” on page 89 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 .
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Information required by this item is contained under the heading “Wilson Bank Holding Company Financial Highlights (Unaudited)” on page 13 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Information required by this item is contained under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as set forth on pages 14 through 35 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Information required by this item is contained under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” as set forth on page 31 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The consolidated financial statements and the independent auditor’s report of Maggart & Associates, P.C. required by this item are contained in pages 37 through 88 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report and are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by it in the reports that if files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on the evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

48



Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which report is contained on pages 37 and 38 of the Company’s 2018 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Controls

No changes were made to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.


49



PART III
Item 10.          Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item with respect to directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Item-1 Election of Directors-Information Concerning Nominees” and “Item-1 Election of Directors-Director Qualifications” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials filed in connection with the Company’s 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders”). The information required by this item with respect to executive officers is set forth below:

James Randall Clemons (66) - Mr. Clemons is President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. Mr. Clemons also serves on the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank. He has held such positions with the Company since its formation in March 1992 and has held his Bank positions since the Bank commenced operations in May 1987. Prior to that time, Mr. Clemons served as Senior Vice President and Cashier for Peoples Bank, Lebanon, Tennessee.

John McDearman (49) - Mr. McDearman joined the Bank in November of 1998. He has held positions in branch administration and commercial lending. From November 2002 to January 2009, he held the position of Senior Vice President-Central Division of the Bank. From January 2009 to January 2018, he served as Executive Vice President of the Bank. Currently he serves as President of the Bank, a position he has held since January 2018. Prior to joining the Bank in 1998 he was Assistant Vice President, Banking Center Manager for NationsBank, Chattanooga, TN, a position he held from 1994 to 1998. Mr. McDearman also serves on the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Gary Whitaker (61) - Mr. Whitaker joined the Bank in May 1996. Prior to that time Mr. Whitaker was employed with NationsBank of Tennessee, N.A. in Nashville (and its predecessors) from 1979. He has held positions in collections, as branch manager, in construction lending, retail marketing, automobile lending, loan administration, operations analyst, as Vice President, Senior Vice President and most recently as Executive Vice President since 2002. His principal duties include overseeing the Bank’s lending function and loan operations.
    
Lisa Pominski (54) - Ms. Pominski is Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and the Company and is the Company’s principal financial and accounting officer. Ms. Pominski has held several positions with the Bank including Asst. Cashier, Asst. Vice President and Senior Vice President since the Bank’s formation in May of 1987. Prior to 1987 Ms. Pominski was employed by People’s Bank, Lebanon, TN.

Clark Oakley (49) - Mr. Oakley joined the Bank in October of 1995. He has held positions in mortgage origination and branch administration. From 2008 to 2016 he held the position of Senior Vice President- Eastern Division of the Bank, and from January 1, 2017 until December 31, 2017, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. Currently he serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank. Prior to 1995 Mr. Oakley was employed at Union Planters Bank in Alexandria, TN. His primary duties include overseeing the operations of the Company and the Bank, including information technology and electronic banking.

All officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. No officers are involved in any legal proceedings which are material to an evaluation of their ability and integrity.

The Company has adopted a code of conduct for its senior executive and financial officers (the “Code of Conduct”), a copy of which will be provided to any person, without charge, upon request to the Company at 623 West Main Street, Lebanon, Tennessee 37087, Attention: Corporate Secretary. The Company will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of its Code of Conduct either in a Current Report on Form 8-K or on its website, in each case in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The information required by this item with respect to the Company’s audit committee and any “audit committee financial expert” is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Item-1 Election of Directors - Description of the Board and Committees of the Board” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

The information required by this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated herein by reference to the Section entitled “Item-1 Election of Directors - Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.



50



Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Personnel Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Stock Ownership” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
The following table summarizes information concerning the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2018 and has been adjusted to reflect the Company’s two-for-one stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend paid on October 30, 2003, a four-for-three stock split in the form of a stock dividend paid on May 31, 2007 and a four-for-three stock split in the form of a stock dividend paid on March 31, 2016:

Plan Category
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
277,820

 
40.11

 
537,892

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

 

 

Total
277,820

 
40.11

 
537,892


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this item with respect to certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Information required by this item with respect to director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Item-1 Election of Directors - Director Independence” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Item-2 Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Company’s definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with the 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1)    Financial Statements. See Item 8.
(a)(2)    Financial Statement Schedules. Not Applicable.
(a)(3)    Exhibits. See Index to Exhibits.

51



Item 16. Form 10K Summary
    
None.


52



INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
2.1

 
 
 
2.2

 
 
 
3.1

 
 
 
3.2

 
 
 
4.1

 
 
 
10.1

 
 
 
10.2

 
 
 
10.3

 
 
 
10.4

 
 
 
10.5

 
 
 
10.6

 
 
 
10.7

 

53



10.8

 
 
 
10.9

 
 
 
10.10

 
 
 
10.11

 
 
 
10.12

 
 
 
10.13

 
 
 
10.14

 
 
 
10.15

 
 
 
10.16

 
 
 
10.17

 
 
 
10.18

 
 
 
10.19

 

54



10.20

 
 
 
10.21

 
 
 
10.22

 
 
 
10.23

 
 
 
10.24

 
 
 
10.25

 
 
 
10.26

 
 
 
10.27

 
 
 
10.28

 
 
 
10.29

 
 
 
10.30

 
 
 
10.31

 

55



10.32

 
 
 
10.33

 
 
 
10.34

 
 
 
10.35

 
 
 
10.36

 
 
 
10.37

 
 
 
10.38

 
 
 
10.39

 
 
 
10.40

 
 
 
10.41

 
 
 
10.42

 
 
 
10.43

 
10.44

 
 
 

56



10.45

 
 
 
10.46

 
 
 
 
10.47

 
 
 
 
10.48

 
 
 
 
10.49

 
 
 
 
10.50

 
 
 
 
10.51

 
 
 
 
10.52

 
 
 
 
10.53

 
 
 
 
10.54

 
 
 
 
10.55

 
 
 
 
10.56

 
 
 
 
10.57

 
 
 
 

57



10.58

 
 
 
 
10.59

 
 
 
 
10.60

 
 
 
 
10.61

 
 
 
 
10.62

 
 
 
 
10.63

 
 
 
 
10.64

 
 
 
 
10.65

 
 
 
 
10.66

 
 
 
 
10.67

 
 
 
 
10.68

 
 
 
 
13.1

 
 
 
21.1

 
 
 
23.1

 
 
 
31.1

 
 
 
31.2

 
 
 
32.1

 
 
 

58



32.2

 
 
 
101

 
Interactive Data File.

*    Management compensatory plan or contract

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
By:
 
/s/ J. Randall Clemons
Name:
 
J. Randall Clemons
Title:
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:
 
March 8, 2019
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
  
Title
  
Date
 
 
 
/s/ J. Randall Clemons
J. Randall Clemons
  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ Lisa Pominski
Lisa Pominski
  
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ John C. McDearman, III
John C. McDearman, III
  
Executive Vice President & Director
  
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ Jack W. Bell
Jack W. Bell
  
Director
  
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ James F. Comer
James F. Comer
  
Director
  
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert H. Goodall, Jr.
Robert H. Goodall, Jr.
 
Director
 
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ William P. Jordan
William P. Jordan
 
Director
 
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ James Anthony Patton
James Anthony Patton
 
Director
 
March 8, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ H. Elmer Richerson
H. Elmer Richerson
 
Director
 
March 8, 2019

59


EXHIBIT 10.64

LIFE INSURANCE
ENDORSEMENT METHOD SPLIT DOLLAR PLAN
AGREEMENT


Insurer:          Tennessee Farmers

Policy Number:      BK0286377

Bank:              Wilson Bank & Trust

Insured:           CLARK OAKLEY

Relationship of Insured to Bank:      Executive


The respective rights and duties of the Bank and the Insured in the above-referenced policy shall be pursuant to the terms set forth below:

This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to this particular Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement.

The purpose of this Agreement is to retain and reward the Executive who is a member of a group of certain management and highly compensated employees of the Bank who have contributed to the Bank’s success and are expected to continue to contribute to such success in the future. As a result, the Agreement is deemed to cover certain employees of the Bank who are members of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Bank shall have the authority to take any and all actions necessary or desirable in order for this Agreement to satisfy the requirements set forth in ERISA and the regulations thereunder applicable to plans maintained for employees who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. This Plan is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) as a non-equity death benefit.

I.
DEFINITIONS

Refer to the policy contract for the definition of all terms in this Agreement.

II.
POLICY TITLE AND OWNERSHIP

Title and ownership shall reside solely in the Bank for its use and for the use of the Insured all in accordance with this Agreement. The Bank alone may, to the extent of its interest, exercise the right to borrow or withdraw on the policy cash values. Where the Bank and the Insured (or assignee, with the consent of the Insured) mutually agree to exercise the right to increase the coverage under the subject Split Dollar policy, then, in such event, the rights, duties and benefits of the parties to such increased coverage shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement. The Bank shall own all rights to any dividends declared under the policy.







III.
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION RIGHTS

The Insured (or assignee) shall have the right and power to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive the Insured’s share of the proceeds payable upon the death of the Insured, and to elect and change a payment option for such beneficiary, subject to any right or interest the Bank may have in such proceeds, as provided in this Agreement.

IV.
PREMIUM PAYMENT METHOD

The Bank shall pay an amount equal to the planned premiums and any other premium payments that might become necessary to keep the policy in force.

V.
TAXABLE BENEFIT

Annually the Insured will receive a taxable benefit equal to the assumed cost of insurance as required by the Internal Revenue Service. The Bank (or its administrator) will report to the Insured the amount of imputed income each year on Form W-2 or its equivalent.

VI.
DIVISION OF DEATH PROCEEDS

Subject to Paragraphs VII and VIII herein, the division of the death proceeds of the policy is as follows:

A.
Upon the death of the Insured while employed by the Bank, the Insured’s beneficiary(ies), designated in accordance with Paragraph III, shall be entitled to an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the net-at-risk insurance portion of the proceeds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Agreement, upon the death of the Insured subsequent to a termination of service (except in the case of the Insured’s assumption of the Agreement pursuant to Section VIII herein), all proceeds (including any death benefit) payable hereunder shall be retained by the Bank and neither the Insured nor their beneficiary(ies) shall have any rights regarding the proceeds under this Agreement. The net-at-risk insurance portion is the total proceeds less the cash value of the policy.
B.
The Bank shall be entitled to the remainder of such proceeds.

C.
The Bank and the Insured (or assignees) shall share in any interest due on the death proceeds on a pro rata basis as the proceeds due each respectively bears to the total proceeds, excluding any such interest.


VII.
DIVISION OF THE CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF THE POLICY

The Bank shall at all times be entitled to an amount equal to the policy’s cash value, as that term is defined in the policy contract, less any policy loans and unpaid interest or cash withdrawals previously incurred by the Bank and any applicable surrender charges. Such cash value shall be determined as of the date of surrender or death as the case may be. The Insured shall have no right to any portion of the cash surrender value of the policy. Specifically, the Insured shall have no right to make a withdrawal from the policy, borrow from or against the policy, totally or partially surrender the policy, nor to anticipate, assign, alienate, pledge or otherwise encumber the cash surrender value of the policy.







VIII.
TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of any one of the following:

A.
The Insured shall terminate employment with the Bank for any reason; or
B.
Surrender, lapse, or other termination of the policy by the Bank.

Upon such termination, the Insured (or assignee) shall have a fifteen (15) day option to receive from the Bank an absolute assignment of the policy in consideration of a cash payment to the Bank, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate. Such cash payment referred to hereinabove shall be the greater of:

A.
The Bank’s share of the cash value of the policy on the date of such assignment, as defined in this Agreement; or

B.
The amount of the premiums that have been paid by the Bank prior to the date of such assignment.

If, within said fifteen (15) day period, the Insured fails to exercise said option, fails to procure the entire aforestated cash payment, or dies, then the option shall terminate and the Insured (or assignee) agrees that all of the Insured’s rights, interest and claims in the policy shall terminate as of the date of the termination of this Agreement.

The Insured expressly agrees that this Agreement shall constitute sufficient written notice to the Insured of the Insured’s option to receive an absolute assignment of the policy as set forth herein.

Except as provided above, this Agreement shall terminate upon distribution of the death benefit proceeds in accordance with Paragraph VI above.

IX.
INSURED’S OR ASSIGNEE’S ASSIGNMENT RIGHTS

The Insured may not, without the written consent of the Bank, assign to any individual, trust or other organization, any right, title or interest in the subject policy nor any rights, options, privileges or duties created under this Agreement.

X.
AGREEMENT BINDING UPON THE PARTIES

This Agreement shall bind the Insured and the Bank, their heirs, successors, personal representatives and assigns.

XI.
ERISA PROVISIONS

The following provisions are part of this Agreement and are intended to meet the requirements of ERISA:

A.
Named Fiduciary and Plan Administrator .

The ‘‘Named Fiduciary and Plan Administrator” of this Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreement shall be Wilson Bank & Trust until its resignation or removal by the Board of Directors. As Named Fiduciary and Plan Administrator, the Bank shall be responsible for the management, control, and administration of this Split Dollar Plan as established herein. The Named Fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation





responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

B.
Funding Policy .

The funding policy for this Split Dollar Plan shall be to maintain the subject policy in force by paying, when due, all premiums required.

C.
Basis of Payment of Benefits .

Direct payment by the Insurer is the basis of payment of benefits under this Agreement, with those benefits in turn being based on the payment of premiums as provided in this Agreement.

D.
Claim Procedures .

Claim forms or claim information as to the subject policy can be obtained by contacting Lisa Pominski (615-443-6612). When the Named Fiduciary has a claim which may be covered under the provisions described in the insurance policy, they should contact the office named above, and they will either complete a claim form and forward it to an authorized representative of the Insurer or advise the Named Fiduciary what further requirements are necessary. The Insurer will evaluate and make a decision as to payment. If the claim is payable, a benefit check will be issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

In the event that a claim is not eligible under the policy, the Insurer will notify the Named Fiduciary of the denial pursuant to the requirements under the terms of the policy. If the Named Fiduciary is dissatisfied with the denial of the claim and wishes to contest such claim denial, they should contact the office named above and they will assist in making an inquiry to the Insurer. All objections to the Insurer’s actions should be in writing and submitted to the office named above for transmittal to the Insurer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank shall make all determinations in its sole discretion as to the right of the Insured to a benefit under this Agreement. Any denial by the Bank of a claim for benefits under this Agreement by a claimant shall be stated in writing by the Bank and delivered or mailed to the claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Bank of his claim, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice thereof shall be provided to the claimant before the end of this ninety (90) day period which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Bank expects to render a decision. In no event shall the extension exceed ninety (90) days from the end of the initial ninety (90) day period.

If a claim for benefits under this Agreement is wholly or partially denied, the Bank shall notify the claimant of the denial of the claim in writing, delivered in person or mailed by first class mail to the claimant’s last known address. Such notice of denial shall contain:

(a)      the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim;

(b)
a reference to the relevant provisions of the Agreement upon which the denial is based;






(c)
a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, together with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(d)      an explanation of the Agreement’s claim review procedure.

If no such notice is provided, and if the claim has not been granted within the time specified above for approval of the claim, the claim shall be deemed denied and subject to review as described below.

Any claimant or authorized representative of the claimant whose claim for benefits under this Agreement has been denied or deemed denied, in whole or in part, may upon written notice delivered to the Committee request a review of such denial of benefits. Such claimant shall have sixty (60) days from the date the claim is deemed denied, or sixty (60) days from receipt of the notice denying the claim, as the case may be, in which to request such a review. The claimant’s notice must specify the relief requested and the reason the claimant believes the denial should be reversed. In pursuing his appeal, the claimant will be permitted to submit written comments, documents, records, or other relevant information relating to his claim. In addition, the claimant will be provided, upon receipt and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his claim.

A secondary reviewer named by the Bank will conduct the review of any appeal. This review will take into account all information submitted by the claimant regarding his claim, regardless of whether or not such information was submitted or considered in the initial decision. A decision regarding such review will be made within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the claimant’s appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice thereof shall be provided to the claimant before the end of this sixty (60) day period which shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Bank expects to render the final decision. In no event shall the extension exceed sixty (60) days from the end of the initial sixty (60) day period.

If the claimant’s appeal is denied in whole or in part, the claimant will receive a written notification of the denial which will include (i) the specific reasons for the denial, (ii) reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement upon which the denial was based, and (iii) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA. The interpretations, determinations, and decisions of the Bank shall be final and binding upon all persons with respect to any right, benefit and privilege hereunder, subject to the review procedures set forth in this Section XI. All claim determinations under this Section XI shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor Regulations 2560.503-1.

XII.
GENDER

Whenever in this Agreement words are used in the masculine or neuter gender, they shall be read and construed as in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, whenever they should so apply.

XIII.
INSURANCE COMPANY NOT A PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT

The Insurer shall not be deemed a party to this Agreement, but will respect the rights of the parties as herein developed upon receiving an executed copy of this Agreement. Payment or other





performance in accordance with the policy provisions shall fully discharge the Insurer from any and all liability.

XIV.
CHANGE OF CONTROL

Change of Control shall be deemed to be the cumulative transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Bank from the date of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, transfers on account of death or gifts, transfers between family members, or transfers to a qualified retirement plan maintained by the Bank shall not be considered in determining whether there has been a Change of Control. Upon a Change of Control, the Insured shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in the benefits the Insured is entitled to hereunder, subject to the termination of the Insured’s rights upon his or her termination of employment as provided in Section VI.A.

XV.
AMENDMENT OR REVOCATION

It is agreed by and between the parties hereto that, during the lifetime of the Insured, this Agreement may be amended or revoked at any time or times, in whole or in part, by the mutual written consent of the Insured and the Bank.

XVI.
EFFECTIVE DATE

The Effective Date of this Agreement shall be November 23, 2012.

XVII.
SEVERABILITY AND INTERPRETATION

If a provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless be enforceable according to their terms. Further, in the event that any provision is held to be overbroad as written, such provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to law and enforced as amended.

XVIII.
APPLICABLE LAW

The validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee.


[ Signatures appear on the following page ]





















Executed at Lebanon, Tennessee this 23rd day of November, 2012.

 
 
WILSON BANK & TRUST
 
 
Lebanon, Tennessee
 
 
 
/s/ Lisa Pominski
By:
/s/ Elmer Richerson, President
Witness
 
Title
 
 
 
/s/ Gary Whitaker
 
/s/ Clark Oakley
Witness
 
CLARK OAKLEY



















































BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM
FOR LIFE INSURANCE ENDORSEMENT METHOD
SPLIT DOLLAR PLAN AGREEMENT

P RIMARY DESIGNATION:
    
Name
Address
Relationship
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECONDARY (CONTINGENT) DESIGNATION:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All sums payable under the Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Plan Agreement by reason of my death shall be paid to the Primary Beneficiary, if he or she survives me, and if no Primary Beneficiary shall survive me, then to the Secondary (Contingent) Beneficiary.
/s/ Clark Oakley
 
11-23-2012
CLARK OAKLEY
 
Date


    






















EXHIBIT 10.65
WILSON BANK & TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT
This Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement ( Agreement ) is entered into as of this 23rd day November, 2012 ( the Effective Date ) by and between Wilson Bank & Trust ( the Employer ) , and Clark Oakley, an individual resident of Tennessee ( the Executive ) , and establishes the Wilson Bank & Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan f/b / o Clark Oakley ( the Plan ) .

WHEREAS, the Executive has contributed substantially to the success of the Employer and the Employer desires that the Executive continue in its employ;

WHEREAS, Employer desires to provide certain supplemental nonqualified pension benefits to Executive;

WHEREAS, Employer and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement to provide a retirement benefit under this Plan and to be paid to Executive upon Separation from Service ( or other permissible payment event ) as provided herein;
WHEREAS , the parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall be an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits for the Executive , and shall be considered a plan described in section 301( a )(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 , as amended ( ERISA ); and
WHEREAS , this Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of section 409 A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ( the Code ) and , accordingly , the intent of the parties hereto is that the Plan shall be operated and interpreted consistent with the requirements thereof ;

WHEREAS , the Employer has purchased a Flexible Premium Indexed Deferred Annuity Contract issued by Midland National Life Insurance Company, contract # 8500475513 , ( “Annuity Contract” ) ; and

WHEREAS , the Employer is the sole owner of the Annuity Contract and elects to use the Annuity Contract to provide a retirement benefit to the Executive ;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged , the parties hereto agree as follows .

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified:

1.1. “Accrual Balance” means the liability that should be accrued by the Employer under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the Employer’s obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as







amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance shall be determined by the liability accrued by the Employer as of the Effective Date. The Accrual Balance shall be calculated assuming a level principal amount and interest as the discount rate is accrued each period. The principal accrual is determined such that when it is credited with interest each month, the Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement, in accordance with Section 3.1, equals the present value of the retirement benefits described in Section 3.1. At the end of each Plan Year, the Accrual Balance shall be adjusted to reflect the Employer’s obligation under Section 3.1. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1/4%, or as otherwise determined by the governing Regulatory body. The initial discount rate is 6.50%. In its sole discretion, the Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP and consistent with the Interagency Advisory on Accounting for Deferred Compensation Agreements which states that the “cost of those benefits shall be accrued over that period of the Executive’s service in a systematic and rational manner.”

1.2.
“Actuarial (Actuarially) Equivalent” means a benefit of equivalent value to the
normal form of benefit determined by generally accepted actuarial principles.

1.3.
“Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased
Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive, determined according to
Article 4.

1.4.
“Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time
by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan
Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.5.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

1.6.
“Change in Control” shall be deemed to have taken place if there occurs a
“change in ownership,” a “change in the effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Employer as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5) or any subsequent, applicable Treasury Regulation.

1.7.
“Disability” shall mean the Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial
gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expect to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.

Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Employer, provided that the definition of Disability applied under such Disability insurance program complies with the requirements of section 409A. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.







1.8.
“Early Retirement Date” means the date of retirement from service which is
effective prior to age sixty-five (65), provided the Executive has attained age fifty-five (55) and
been continuously employed by the Employer for twenty (20) years.

1.9.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

1.10.
“Rider” means the Income Rider attached to the Annuity Contract as an endorsement.

1.11.
“Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-five (65).

1.12.
“Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.

1.13. “Separation from Service” means the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Employer as such term is defined under section 409A of the Code and section 1.409A 1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations or the corresponding provisions in future guidance issued by the Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service.
ARTICLE 2
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND VALUATION OF ACCOUNT

2.1.
Ownership of the Annuity Contract. The Employer is the sole owner of the
Annuity Contract and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Employer shall be the beneficiary of the death proceeds of the Annuity Contract. The Employer shall at all times be entitled to the Annuity Contract’s cash surrender value, as that term is defined in the Annuity Contract. The cash surrender value shall be determined as of the date of the surrender of the Annuity Contract or death of the Executive, as the case may be.

2.2.
Right to Annuity Contract. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary,
the Employer shall have the right to sell or surrender the Annuity Contract without terminating this Agreement, provided the Employer replaces the Annuity Contract with a comparable annuity policy(ies) or arrangement that provides a similar benefit as that provided under the Annuity Contract. Without limitation, the Annuity Contract at all times shall be the exclusive property of the Employer and shall be subject to the claims of the Employer’s creditors.

2.3.
Rabbi Trust. Employer may establish a “rabbi trust” to which contributions may
be made to provide the Employer with a source of funds for purposes of satisfying the obligations of the Employer under the Plan. The trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan. The Executive and his Beneficiaries shall have no beneficial ownership interest in any assets held in the trust.
ARTICLE 3
RETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFITS


3.1
Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Separation from Service on or
after Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death or Disability, the Executive will be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement. The Normal





Retirement Benefit will equal the Accrual Balance, payable in an Actuarially Equivalent single life annuity in an amount determined pursuant to the Rider, payable in equal monthly installments for the life of the Executive commencing on the first (1st) day of the month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.

3.2
Early Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Separation from Service on or
after the Early Retirement Date but prior to the Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death or Disability, the Executive will be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement. The Early Retirement Benefit will equal the Accrual Balance, payable in an Actuarially Equivalent single life annuity in an amount determined pursuant to the Rider, payable in monthly installments for the life of the Executive commencing on the first (1 st) day of the month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.

3.3
Other Separation from Service.     In the event that the Executive incurs a
Separation from Service prior to the Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date for any reason other than death or Disability or following a Change in Control, by his or her voluntary action or his or her discharge by the Employer without cause, the Employer shall pay to the Executive the benefit as provided in Schedule A, attached to this Agreement, payable in equal monthly installments for a period of one hundred eighty (180) months commencing on the first (1st) day of the month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age.
In the event the Executive shall be discharged by the Employer for cause, then all of the Executive’s rights under this Agreement shall terminate and he shall forfeit all benefits under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “for cause” shall mean gross negligence or willful misconduct, the commission of a felony or gross-misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, fraud, dishonesty, embezzlement, willful violation of any law or any other behavior or act that results in any adverse effect on the Employer as may be determined by the Employer in its sole discretion.

3.4
Disability Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Disability while actively employed by the
Employer, but prior to his or her Normal Retirement or Early Retirement, the Executive will be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement. The Disability Benefit will equal sixty (60%) percent of the Executive’s base salary and bonus at the time of the Disability less the Disability Benefit payable under the Wilson Bank and Trust Executive Salary Continuation Agreement for Clark Oakley, as amended and frozen as of October 1, 2012 (the “Frozen SERP”). The Disability Benefit is payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first (1st) day of the third month following the date of the Executive’s Disability and payable until the Executive reaches Normal Retirement Age. At Normal Retirement Age, the Disability Benefit will be reduced to an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit as provided for in Section 3.1 as if the Executive separated from service at the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age and such reduced amount shall continue for the life of the Executive as provided in Section 3.1.

3.5
Death Benefits during Active Employment. Upon the death of the Executive while
actively employed by the Employer, the Beneficiary will be entitled to a single sum payment, payable within thirty (30) days of the date of death (with the Beneficiary having no right to designate the taxable year of the payment) equal to the Accrual Balance.

3.6
Death Benefit On or After Benefit Commencement. Upon death of the Executive after





the Executive is entitled to or begins receiving the Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Retirement Benefit, Other Separation from Service Benefit, Disability Benefit or Change in Control payments under Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3 , Section 3.4 or Section 3.7 but before receiving a total of one hundred eighty (180) monthly installments of such benefit payments, the Executive’s Beneficiary will receive the monthly amount payable had the Executive lived, payable for a total of one hundred eighty (180) monthly installments less the number of monthly installments already paid.

3.7
Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Executive will be one hundred
percent (100%) vested in the Retirement Benefit as provided for in Section 3.1 as if the Executive separated from service at the Normal Retirement Age. Such benefits shall payable in equal monthly installments for the life of the Executive commencing thirty (30) days following said Change in Control.

3.8
Restriction on Timing of Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement to the contrary, distributions under this Agreement may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of a Separation from Service if, pursuant to section 409A of the Code, the Executive is considered a “specified employee” (defined in section 1.409A- l (i) of the Treasury Regulations) of the Employer if any stock of the Employer is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. In the event a distribution is delayed pursuant to this Section, the originally scheduled distribution shall be delayed for six (6) months, and shall commence instead on the first (1st) day of the seventh (7th) month following the Executive’s Separation from Service. If payments are scheduled to be made in installments, the first (1st) six (6) months of installment payments shall be delayed, aggregated, and paid instead on the first (1st) day of the seventh (7th) month, after which all installment payments shall be made on their regular schedule. If payment is scheduled to be made in a lump sum, the lump sum payment shall be delayed for six (6) months and instead be made on the first (1st) day of the seventh (7th) month.

3.9
Coordination of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, the parties acknowledge that the benefits to be provided hereunder are intended to, and shall be, paid at the same time and form and in the same amount as provided for under the Frozen SERP during the period during which the benefits under the Frozen SERP (as applicable) were to be provided for thereunder (as if such benefits were not frozen) as required by section 409A of the Code. Any benefits which continue to be paid under this Agreement following the time such benefits would have ceased under the Frozen SERP are in addition to and in no way are intended to replace, alter or substitute the benefits provided for under the Frozen SERP. The parties agree that this Section 3.9 shall control over any contrary provision regarding the calculation and the time and form of payment of the benefits under this Agreement and the Frozen SERP and this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with this Section 3.9.


ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1.
Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall have the right to designate at any time a
Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Employer in which the Executive participates.

4.2.
Beneficiary Designation; Changes. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by
completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if





the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Executive’s death.

4.3.
Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be
effective until received in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

4.4.
No Beneficiary Designation. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary
designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

4.5.
Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared
incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Employer may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Employer may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Employer from all liability for the benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
5.1.     Limits on Payments. It is the intention of the parties that none of the payments to which
the Executive is entitled under this Agreement will constitute a “golden parachute payment” within the meaning of 12 USC section 1828(k)(3) or implementing regulations of the FDIC, the payment of which is prohibited. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any payments due to be made by Employer for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned on compliance with 12 USC section 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder including the receipt of all required approvals thereof by Employer’s primary federal banking regulator and/or the FDIC.


In addition, Employer and its successors retain the legal right to demand the return of any payment made hereunder which constitutes a “golden parachute payment” within the meaning of 12 USC section 1828(k)(3) or implementing regulations of the FDIC should Employer or its successors later obtain information indicating that the Executive committed, is substantially responsible for, or has violated, the respective acts or omissions, conditions, or offenses outlined under 12 C.F.R. 359.4(a)(4).

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1.
Claims Procedure. A person or Beneficiary (a “claimant”) who has not received benefits
under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows, and strictly in accordance with section 409A of the Code:






(a)
Initiation - Written Claim. In the event that benefits under this Agreement are not
paid to the Executive (or his or her Beneficiary in the case of the Executive’s death), and such person feels entitled to receive them, a claim shall be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days from the date payments are not made. Such claim shall be reviewed by the Plan Administrator. If the claim is denied, in full or in part, the Plan Administrator shall provide a written notice within ninety (90) days setting forth the specific reasons for the denial specific reference to the provisions of this Agreement upon which the denial is based, and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim, if any. Also, such written notice shall indicate the steps to be taken if a review of the denial is desired.
If a claim is denied and a review is desired, the Executive (or his or her Beneficiary in the case of the Executive’s death), shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing within sixty (60) days [and a claim shall be deemed denied if the Plan Administrator does not take any action within the aforesaid ninety (90)-day period]. In requesting a review, the Executive or his or her beneficiary may review this Agreement or any documents relating to it and submit any written issue and comments he or she may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion the Plan Administrator shall then review the claim and provide a written decision within sixty (60) days. This decision likewise shall state the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based.

(b) For purposes of implementing this claims procedure, the Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the management, control, and administration of the Agreement as established herein. The Employer may delegate to certain aspects of management and operation responsibilities of the Agreement including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.
All claim determinations under this Section 6.1 shall be made in accordance with section 409A of the Code
and the Regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS

7.1.
Amendments and Termination. Strictly in compliance with section 409A of the Code,
(a) this Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive, and (b) except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may be terminated solely by the Employer in its sole discretion. Any acceleration of payments or change in the form of payments under this Agreement, including upon the amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement, shall be made strictly as permitted and in accordance with section 409A of the Code, including 1,409A-3(j)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

7.2.
Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Employer and their
beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, legal representatives, and transferees.

7.3.
No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract.
It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Employer, nor does it interfere with the Employer’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.






7.4.
Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned,
pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

7.5.
Tax Withholding. The Employer shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld
from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

7.6.
Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of
America, the validity, interpretation, construction, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such state.

7.7.
Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary are general
unsecured creditors of the Employer for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Employer to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance, annuity contract or other asset purchased by Employer to fund its obligations under this Agreement shall be a general asset of the Employer to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or
secured claim.

7.8.
Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall
not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

7.9.
Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience of
reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

7.10.
Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid. Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Employer at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Employer if addressed to the Board of Directors, at 51 Germantown Court, Suite 100, Cordova, Tennessee 38018.

7.11.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer
and the Executive concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

7.12.
Payment of Legal Fees. In the event litigation ensues between the parties concerning
the enforcement of the obligations of the parties under this Agreement, the Employer shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with such litigation until such time as a final determination (excluding any appeals) is made with respect to the litigation. If the Employer prevails on the substantive merits of the each material claim in dispute in such litigation, the Employer shall be entitled to receive from the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Employer on behalf of the Executive in connection with such litigation, and the Executive shall pay such costs and





expenses to the Employer promptly upon demand by the Employer.
ARTICLE 8
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

8.1.
Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator
consisting of the Board of Directors of the Employer or such committee or person(s) as the Board of Directors of the Employer shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion and authority to interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and the rights of the Executive under this Agreement, to decide or resolve any and all questions or disputes arising under this Agreement, including benefits payable under this Agreement and all other interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement, and in accordance with section 409A of the Code.

8.2.
Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ
agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Employer.

8.3.
Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with
respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, it is acknowledged that the value of the benefits payable hereunder may be difficult to determine in the event the Employer does not actually purchase and maintain the Annuity Contract as contemplated hereunder; therefore, in such event, the Employer shall have the right to make any reasonable assumptions in determining the benefits payable hereunder and any such determination made in good faith shall be binding on the Executive, and in accordance with section 409A of the Code.

8.4.
Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person
for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Agreement, unless such action or omission is attributable to the willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or any of its members. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

8.5.
Employer Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the
Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation of Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Executive and a duly authorized Officer of the Employer have
signed this Agreement as of the date first written above .
                





THE EXECUTIVE:
 
WILSON BANK & TRUST
 
 
 
/s/ Clark Oakley
By:
/s/ Elmer Richerson
CLARK OAKLEY
 
ELMER RICHERSON
 
Its:
President
SCHEDULE A
WILSON BANK & TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT
Clark Oakley

As of
Early Termination Annual Benefit
Jan 2012
431
Jan 2013
2,072
Jan 2014
4,275
Jan 2015
7,088
Jan 2016
10,565
Jan 2017
14,766
Jan 2018
19,752
Jan 2019
25,593
Jan 2020
32,362
Jan 2021
40,137
Jan 2022
49,005
Jan 2023
57,900

























BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
WILSON BANK & TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT


I, Clark Oakley, designate the following as Beneficiary of any death benefits under this
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement
Primary:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Note: To name a trust as Beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact
name and date of the trust agreement .
I understand that I may change these Beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Employer . I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me , or if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved .
 
Signature:
 
/s/ Clark Oakley
 
 
 
CLARK OAKLEY
 
Date:
 
11/23/2012
 
 
 
 
Accepted by the Employer this 23rd day of November, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Elmer Richerson
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name:
 
Elmer Richerson
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
 
President







EXHIBIT 10.66
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
WILSON BANK AND TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT
IMPLEMENTED NOVEMBER 23 , 2012
WHEREAS , Wilson Bank and Trust ( the Bank” ) and Clark Oakley , ( the “Executive” ) previously entered into the Wilson Bank and Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (the “Agreement” ), originally effective as of November 23 , 2012 ; and
WHEREAS , the Agreement is designed to provide retirement benefits ( the “Benefits” ) to the Executive upon certain enumerated events , payable out of the Bank ' s general assets; and

WHEREAS , the Bank and the Executive have agreed to amend the Agreement to increase benefit
payments under the Agreement as of September 26 , 2016 .
NOW , THEREFORE , effective September 26 , 2016 , the Bank and the Executive hereby
amend the Agreement as follows:

1.
In the event that benefits become payable under the Agreement , in all cases except for the Disability Benefit payable prior to Normal Retirement Age the applicable benefit payable will be increased by the amount of Three Hundred Thirty Dollars ($330.00) annually, with such benefits payable at the same time and in the same form as provided in the Agreement and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

2.
Paragraph 3.4 , “Disability Benefit is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:
Upon the Executive s Disability while actively employed by the Employer , but prior to his or her Normal Retirement or Early Retirement , the Executive will be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement . The Disability Benefit will equal sixty ( 60 %) percent of the Executive’s base salary and bonus at the time of the Disability . The Disability Benefit is payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first ( 1 st ) day of the third month following the date of the Executive’s Disability and payable until the Executive reaches Normal Retirement Age . At Normal Retirement Age, the Disability Benefit will be reduced to an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit ( as increased by Section 1 of this Amendment ) as provided for in Section 3.1 as if the Executive separated from service at the Executive’ s Normal Retirement Age and such reduced amount shall continue for the life of the Executive as provided in Section 3.1 .

3.
Paragraph 3.9 , “Coordination of Benefits” , is hereby deleted in its entirety .






IN WITNESS WHEREOF , both parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read and considered this Amendment and consent to the changes contained herein . Both parties have caused this First Amendment to the Wilson Bank and Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement to be executed this 26 day of September , 2016 , effective September 26 , 2016 .

 
 
 
WILSON BANK AND TRUST
 
 
 
Lebanon, Tennessee
 
 
 
 
 
Witness:
/s/ Christy Norton
 
By:
/s/ Elmer Richerson
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
President
 
 
 
 
 
Witness:
/s/ Lisa Pominski
 
/s/ Clark Oakley
 
 
 
Clark Oakley




















EXHIBIT 10.67
WILSON BANK & TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
This Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ( Plan ) is adopted as of this 22 nd day May , 2015 ( the Effective Date ) by Wilson Bank & Trust , a Tennessee corporation ( the Employer or the Bank ) for the benefit of CLARK OAKLEY (the Executive ) . The purpose of the Plan is to provide certain supplemental nonqualified pension benefits to certain executives who have contributed substantially to the success of the Employer and the Employer desires to incentivize the executives to continue in its employ .
This Plan is intended to be and shall be administered as an income tax nonqualified , unfunded plan primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 , as amended ( ERISA ) , Sections 201 ( 2 ), 301 ( a )( 3 ), and 401 ( a )( 1 ) . This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 , as amended ( the Code ) and , accordingly, the intent of the parties hereto is that the Plan shall be operated and interpreted consistent with the requirements thereof .
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in this Plan , the following terms have the meanings specified:

1.1.
“Account Balance” means, as of any date, the liability that should be accrued by the Bank
under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) on behalf of the Executive.

1.2.
“Annuity Contract” means the following annuity contract(s) purchased and solely
owned by the Bank: a Flexible Premium Indexed Deferred Annuity Contract issued by Midland Insurance
Company, contract #8500543837 or such other annuity contracts as the Bank may purchase from time to time.

1.3.
“Beneficiary” means the person or entity designated, or otherwise determined in
accordance with Article 4, in writing by the Executive to receive death benefits pursuant to this Plan in
the event of his or her death.

1.4.
“Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the
Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

1.5.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

1.6.
“Change in Control” shall be deemed to have taken place if there occurs a "change in
ownership,” a “change in the effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Employer as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5) or any subsequent, applicable Treasury Regulation.

1.7.
“Disability” shall mean the Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of net less than twelve (12) months or





(ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer, as determined under Section 1 ,409A-3(i)(4).
Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Employer, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Section 409A. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.

1.8.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

1.9.
“Rider” means the income rider attached to the Annuity Contract as an endorsement
or other product feature that operates as an income rider, with such feature providing for a withdrawal
or payment feature for the life of the annuitant.

1.10.
“Normal Retirement Age” means age sixty-five (65).

1.11.
“Normal Retirement Date” means the date the Executive Separates from Service after reaching Normal Retirement Age.
1.12 . “Separation from Service” means separation from service as that term is defined and interpreted in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.409A-l (h) or in subsequent regulations or other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
ARTICLE 2
DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND VALUATION OF ACCOUNT

2.1. Annuity Contract and Other Investments. For purposes of satisfying its obligations to provide benefits under this Plan, the Bank has initially invested in the Annuity Contract and may invest in other investments. However, nothing in this Section shall require the Bank to invest in any particular form of investment.

2.2.
Ownership of the Annuity Contract. The Bank is the sole owner of the Annuity Contract,
and other such investments, and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Bank shall be the beneficiary of the death proceeds of the Annuity Contract. The Bank shall at all times be entitled to the Annuity Contract’s cash surrender value, as that term is defined in the Annuity Contract.

2.3. Right to Annuity Contract. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Bank shall have the right to sell or surrender any Annuity Contract without terminating this Plan, provided the Bank replaces the Annuity Contract with a comparable annuity policy or asset of comparable value. Without limitation, the Annuity Contract at all times shall be the exclusive property of the Bank and shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors.

2.4.
Rabbi Trust. Employer may establish a “rabbi trust” to which contributions may be made
to provide the Employer with a source of funds for purposes of satisfying the obligations of the Employer under the Plan . The trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan





as an unfunded plan . The Executive and his or her Beneficiary shall have no beneficial ownership interest in any assets held in the trust .
ARTICLE 3
RETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFITS

3.1.
Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Separation from Service on or after
reaching Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death or Disability, the Executive will be entitled to the monthly benefit payment described in this paragraph 3.1. The amount of the monthly benefit will equal the amount that is paid from the Annuity Contract designated under this Plan to benefit the Executive through the Rider (the “Normal Retirement Benefit”). The Normal Retirement Benefit will be payable in equal monthly installments for the life of the Executive commencing on the first (1st) day of the second month following the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date. This shall be the Executive’s benefit in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.

3.2.
Other Separation from Service. In the event the Executive should Separate from Service
prior to Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than death, Disability, or on or following a Change in Control, this agreement will terminate and the Executive will not be entitled to any of the benefits enumerated in this agreement.

3.3.
Disability Benefit. Upon the Executive’s Disability while actively employed by the
Employer, but prior to his or her Normal Retirement, the Executive will be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement. The Disability Benefit will equal sixty (60%) percent of the Executive’s base salary and bonus at the time of the Disability less i) the Disability Benefit payable under the Wilson Bank and Trust Executive Salary Continuation Agreement for Clark Oakley, as amended and frozen as of October 1, 2012 (the “Frozen SERP”) and ii) the Disability Benefit payable under the Wilson Bank and Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan entered into as of November 23, 2012. The Disability Benefit is payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first (1st) day of the third month following the date of the Executive’s Disability and payable until the Executive reaches Normal Retirement Age. At Normal Retirement Age, the Disability Benefit will be reduced to an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit as provided for in Section
3.1 as if the Executive separated from service at the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age and such reduced amount shall continue for the life of the Executive as provided in Section 3.1.

3.4.
Preretirement Death Benefit. Upon death of the Executive while in service to the
Employer, the Employer shall pay to the Executive’s Beneficiary the Account Balance, payable in a lump sum no later than thirty (30) days from the date of death (with the Beneficiary having no right to designate the taxable year of the payment).


3.5.
Postretirement Death Benefit. Upon death of the Executive after benefit payments
have commenced under the Plan, but before receiving a total of one hundred eighty (180) payments, the Employer shall continue payments to the Executive’s Beneficiary until a total of one hundred eighty (180) payments have been paid to the Executive and/or his Beneficiary. If the Executive dies after receiving one hundred eighty (180) or more payments of benefit payments, this Agreement will terminate and no additional payments will be made to the Executive's Beneficiary under the Plan.

3.6.
Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, the Executive will be one hundred





percent (100%) vested in the Retirement Benefit as provided for in Section 3.1 as if the Executive separated from service at the Normal Retirement Age. Such benefits shall be payable in equal monthly installments for the life of the Executive commencing thirty (30) days following said Change in Control.

3.7.
Restriction on Timing of Distributions. Notwithstanding the applicable provisions of this
Plan regarding timing of payments, the following special rules shall apply if the stock of the Employer is publicly traded at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service in order for this Plan to comply with Section 409A of the Code: (i) to the extent the Executive is a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 1.409A-1(i) of the Treasury Regulations) at the time of a distribution and to the extent such applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder require a delay of such distributions by a six-month period after the date of such Executive’s Separation from Service with the Employer, no such distribution shall be made prior to the date that is six months after the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service with the Employer, and (ii) any such delayed payments shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum within five (5) business days after the end of the six (6) month delay.

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

4.1.
Beneficiary Designations. The Executive shall have the right to designate at any
time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Plan upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Employer in which the Executive participates.

4.2.
Beneficiary Designation; Changes. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by
completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Executive’s death.

4.3.
Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be
effective until received in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

4.4.
No Beneficiary Designation. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary
designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be distributed to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

4.5.
Facility of Payment. If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated,
or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Employer may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Employer may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the





Employer from all liability for the benefit.

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS
5.1.     Limits on Payments. It is the intention of the parties that none of the payments to which the
Executive is entitled under this Plan will constitute a “golden parachute payment” within the meaning of 12 USC Section 1828(k) or implementing regulations of the FDIC, the payment of which is prohibited (collectively, “Section 1828(k)”). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, any payments due to be made by Employer for the benefit of the Executive pursuant to this Plan, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned on compliance with Section 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder including the receipt of all required approvals thereof by Employer’s primary federal banking regulator and/or the FDIC.

In addition, Employer and its successors retain the legal right to demand the return of any payment made hereunder which constitutes a “golden parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 1828(k) or implementing regulations of the FDIC should Employer or its successors later obtain information indicating that the Executive committed, is substantially responsible for, or has violated, the respective acts or omissions, conditions, or offenses outlined under 12 C.F.R. 359.4(a)(4).

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

6.1.
Claims Procedure. A person or Beneficiary (a “claimant”) who has not received benefits
under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows,
and strictly in accordance with section 409A of the Code:

(a)
Initiation - Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan
Administrator a written claim for the benefits. If the claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after the notice was received by the claimant. All other claims must be made within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the event that caused the claim to arise . The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the claimant .

(b)
Timing of Plan Administrator Response. The Plan Administrator shall respond
to such claimant within ninety ( 90 ) days after receiving the claim . If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim , the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional ninety ( 90 ) days by notifying the claimant in writing , prior to the end of the initial ninety ( 90 ) - day period , that an additional period is required . The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision .

(c)
Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the
Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial . The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant . The notification shall set forth:
(i)
The specific reasons for the denial ,
(ii)
A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the
denial is based ,






(iii)
A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

(iv)
An explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits
applicable to such procedures, and
(v)
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502 ( a ) following an adverse benefit determination on review .

6.2.
Review Procedure. If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant
shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial, as follows

(a)
Initiation - Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days
after receiving the Plan Administrator’s notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.

(b)
Additional Submissions - Information Access. The claimant shall then have the
opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

(c)
Considerations on Review.      In considering the review, the Plan Administrator
shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d)
Timing of Plan Administrator Response. The Plan Administrator shall respond
in writing to such claimant within sixty (60) days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional sixty (60) days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial sixty (60)-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.

(e)
Notice of Decision. The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of
its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

(i)
The specific reasons for the denial,

(ii)
A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the
denial is based,

(iii)
A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

(iv)
A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA





Section 502(a).
All claim determinations under this Section 6 shall be made in accordance
with section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS

7.1. Amendments and Termination. Strictly in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, (a)
this Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Employer and by the Executive, and (b) except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may be terminated solely by the Employer in its sole discretion. Any acceleration of payments or change in the form of payments under this Agreement, including upon the amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement, shall be made strictly as permitted and in accordance with section 409A of the Code, including 1.409A-3(j)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

7.2.
No Guarantee of Employment. This Plan is not an employment policy or contract. It does
not give any Executive the right to remain an employee of the Employer, nor does it interfere with the Employer’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require any Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with any Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

7.3.
Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned,
pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

7.4.
Tax Withholding. The Employer shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld
from the benefits provided under this Plan.

7.5.
Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of
America, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such state.

7.6.
Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and his/her Beneficiary are general unsecured
creditors of the Employer for the payment of benefits under this Plan. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Employer to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance, annuity contract or other asset purchased by Employer to fund its obligations under this Plan shall be a general asset of the Employer to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

7.7.
Benefit Provision. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Plan in the payment of the
benefits under Article 3, any benefits payable under this Plan are contingent solely upon the amount that is provided by the Annuity Contract(s) as identified in this Plan or other provision as provided for in Article 2.

7.8.
Severability. If any provision of this Plan is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect
any other provision of this Plan, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to





the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Plan is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of the provision, and the remainder of such provision together with all other provisions of this Plan shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

7.9.
Headings. The headings of articles herein are included solely for convenience of
reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Plan.

7.10. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid. Unless otherwise changed by notice, notice shall be properly addressed to the Executive if addressed to the address of the Executive on the books and records of the Employer at the time of the delivery of such notice, and properly addressed to the Employer if addressed to the Board, at PO 768, Lebanon, TN 37087.

7.11.
Payment of Legal Fees. In the event litigation ensues between the parties concerning the
enforcement of the obligations of the parties under this Plan, the Employer shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with such litigation until such time as a final determination (excluding any appeals) is made with respect to the litigation. If the Employer prevails on the substantive merits of each material claim in dispute in such litigation, the Employer shall be entitled to receive from the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred by the Employer on behalf of the Executive in connection with such litigation, and the Executive shall pay such costs and expenses to the Employer promptly upon demand by the Employer.

7.12. Termination or Modification of Plan Because of Changes in Law. Rules or Regulations. The Employer is entering into this Plan on the assumption that certain existing tax laws, rules, and regulations will continue in effect in their current form. If that assumption materially changes and the change has a material detrimental effect on this Plan, then the Employer reserves the right to terminate or modify this Plan accordingly.

ARTICLE 8
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

8.1.
Plan Administrator Duties. This Plan shall be administered by a Plan Administrator
consisting of the Board or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion and authority to interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and the rights of the Executive under this Plan, to decide or resolve any and all questions or disputes arising under this Plan, including benefits payable under this Plan and all other interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.

8.2.
Agents. In the administration of this Plan, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and
delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed
representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Employer.

8.3.
Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with
respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, it is acknowledged that the value of the benefits payable hereunder may be difficult to determine in the event the Employer does





not actually purchase and maintain the Annuity Contract as contemplated hereunder; therefore, in such event, the Employer shall have the right to make any reasonable assumptions in determining the benefits payable hereunder and any such determination made in good faith shall be binding on the Executive.

8.4.
Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall not be liable to any person
for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan, unless such action or omission is attributable to the willful misconduct of the Plan Administrator or any of its members. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

8.5.
Employer Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the
Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation of Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
This Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement is hereby adopted as of the date written
above.

THE EXECUTIVE:
 
 
WILSON BANK & TRUST
 
 
 
 
/s/ Clark Oakley
 
By:
/s/ Elmer Richerson
CLARK OAKLEY
 
Title:
President

































BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
WILSON BANK & TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN


I, Clark Oakley , designate the following as Beneficiary of any death benefits under the Wilson
Bank & Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan:
Primary:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingent:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Note: To name a trust as Beneficiary , please provide the name of the trustee (s ) and
the exact name and date of the trust agreement .
I understand that I may change these Beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Employer . I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me , or if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved .

 
 
Signature:
/s/ Clark Oakley
 
 
 
Clark Oakley
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
May 22, 2015
 
 
 
 
Accepted by the Employer this 22nd day of May, 2015.
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Elmer Richerson
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name
Elmer Richerson
 
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
President


















EXHIBIT 10.68
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
WILSON BANK AND TRUST
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT
IMPLEMENTED MAY 22, 2015

WHEREAS, Wilson Bank and Trust (the “Bank”) and Clark Oakley, (the “Executive”) previously entered into the Wilson Bank and Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (the “Agreement”), originally effective as of May 22, 2015; and

WHEREAS, the Agreement is designed to provide retirement benefits (the “Benefits”) to the Executive upon certain enumerated events, payable out of the Bank’s general assets; and

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive have agreed to amend the Agreement to increase benefit payments under the Agreement as of September 26, 2016.

NOW, THEREFORE, effective September 26, 2016, the Bank and the Executive hereby amend the Agreement as follows:
1. Paragraph 3.3, “Disability Benefit” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Upon the Executive’s Disability while actively employed by the Employer, but prior to his or her Normal Retirement or Early Retirement, the Executive will be entitled to the benefit described in this Section 3.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement. The Disability Benefit will equal sixty (60%) percent of the Executive’s base salary and bonus at the time of the Disability less the Disability Benefit payable under the Wilson Bank and Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan entered into as of November 23, 2012. The Disability Benefit is payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first (1st) day of the third month following the date of the Executive’s Disability and payable until the Executive reaches Normal Retirement Age. At Normal Retirement Age, the Disability Benefit will be reduced to an amount equal to the Normal Retirement Benefit as provided for in Section 3.1 as if the Executive separated from service at the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age and such reduced amount shall continue for the life of the Executive as provided in Section 3.1.












IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both parties hereto acknowledge that each has carefully read and considered this Amendment and consent to the changes contained herein. Both parties have caused this First Amendment to the Wilson Bank and Trust Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement to be executed this 26th day of September, 2016, effective September 26, 2016.

 
 
 
WILSON BANK AND TRUST
 
 
 
Lebanon, Tennessee
 
 
 
 
 
Witness:
/s/ Christy Norton
 
By:
/s/ Elmer Richerson
 
 
 
Title:
President
 
 
 
 
 
Witness:
/s/ Lisa Pominski
 
 
/s/ Clark Oakley
 
 
 
 
Clark Oakley
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Exhibit 13.1
WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS



Forward-Looking Statements
This report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended regarding, among other things, the anticipated financial and operating results of the Company. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly release any modifications or revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
The Company cautions investors that future financial and operating results may differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements made by, or on behalf of, the Company. The words “expect,” “intend,” “should,” “may,” “could,” “believe,” “suspect,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “plan,” “estimate” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements, but other statements not based on historical fact may also be considered forward-looking. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to those described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 , and also include, without limitation, (i) deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in loan losses and provisions for these losses, (ii) renewed deterioration in the real estate market conditions in the Company’s market areas, (iii) the impact of increased competition with other financial institutions, including pricing pressures, and the resulting impact on the Company's results, including as a result of compression to net interest margin, (iv) the deterioration of the economy in the Company’s market areas, (v) fluctuations in interest rates on loans or deposits that affect the yield curve, (vi) the ability to grow and retain low-cost core deposits, (vii) significant downturns in the business of one or more large customers, (viii) the inability of the Company to comply with regulatory capital requirements, including those resulting from changes to capital calculation methodologies and required capital maintenance levels, (ix) changes in state or Federal regulations, policies, or legislation applicable to banks and other financial service providers, including regulatory or legislative developments arising out of current unsettled conditions in the economy, including implementation of the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), (x) changes in capital levels and loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments, (xi) inadequate allowance for loan losses, (xii) the effectiveness of the Company’s activities in improving, resolving or liquidating lower quality assets, (xiii) results of regulatory examinations, (xiv) the vulnerability of our network and online banking portals, and the systems of parties with whom the Company contracts, to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches, (xv) the possibility of additional increases to compliance costs as a result of increased regulatory oversight, (xvi) loss of key personnel, and (xvii) adverse results (including costs, fines, reputational harm and/or other negative effects) from current or future obligatory litigation, examinations or other legal and/or regulatory actions. These risks and uncertainties may cause the actual results or performance of the Company to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The Company’s future operating results depend on a number of factors which were derived utilizing numerous assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements.
General
The Company is a registered bank holding company that owns 100% of the common stock of Wilson Bank and Trust (“Wilson Bank”), a Tennessee state-chartered bank headquartered in Lebanon, Tennessee. The Company was formed in 1992.
Wilson Bank is a community bank headquartered in Lebanon, Tennessee, serving Wilson County, DeKalb County, Smith County, Trousdale County, Rutherford County, Davidson County, Putnam County, Sumner County, and Williamson County, Tennessee as its primary market areas. Generally, this market is the Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin, Tennessee metropolitan statistical area. At December 31, 2018 , Wilson Bank had twenty-eight locations in Wilson, Davidson, DeKalb, Smith, Sumner, Rutherford, Putnam, Trousdale and Williamson Counties. Management believes that these counties offer an environment for continued growth, and the Company’s target market is local consumers, professionals and small businesses. Wilson Bank offers a wide range of banking services, including checking, savings and money market deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and loans for consumer, commercial and real estate purposes. The Company also offers an investment center which offers a full line of investment services to its customers.
The following discussion and analysis is designed to assist readers in their analysis of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with such consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Critical Accounting Estimates
The accounting principles we follow and our methods of applying these principles conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and with general practices within the banking industry. In connection with the application of those principles, we have made judgments and estimates which, in the case of the determination of our allowance for loan losses have been critical to the determination of our financial position and results of operations. Additional information regarding significant accounting policies is described in Note 1 to the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Allowance for Loan Losses (“allowance”)- Our management assesses the adequacy of the allowance prior to the end of each calendar quarter. This assessment includes procedures to estimate the allowance and test the adequacy and appropriateness of the resulting balance. The level of the allowance is based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio, past loan loss experience, current asset quality trends, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay (including the timing of future payment), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, economic conditions, industry and peer bank loan quality indicators and other pertinent factors, including regulatory recommendations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans, that may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged off when management believes that the full collectability of the loan is unlikely. A loan may be partially charged-off after a “confirming event” has occurred which serves to validate that full repayment pursuant to the terms of the loan is unlikely. Allocation of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, is deemed to be uncollectible .
A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Collection of all amounts due according to the contractual terms means that both the interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement.
An impairment allowance is recognized if the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (recorded investment in the loan is the principal balance plus any accrued interest, net of deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount). The impairment is recognized through the allowance. Loans that are impaired are recorded at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or if the loan is collateral dependent, impairment measurement is based on the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the Company recognizes an impairment by creating a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses or by adjusting an existing valuation allowance for the impaired loan with a corresponding charge or credit to the provision for loan losses. Management believes it follows appropriate accounting and regulatory guidance in determining impairment and accrual status of impaired loans.
The level of allowance maintained is believed by management to be adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries of amounts previously charged-off.
In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, we also consider the results of our ongoing loan review process. We undertake this process both to ascertain whether there are loans in the portfolio whose credit quality has weakened over time and to assist in our overall evaluation of the risk characteristics of the entire loan portfolio. Our loan review process includes the judgment of management, the input from our independent loan reviewers, and reviews that may have been conducted by bank regulatory agencies as part of their usual examination process. We incorporate loan review results in the determination of whether or not it is probable that we will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a loan.
As part of management’s quarterly assessment of the allowance, management divides the loan portfolio into twelve segments based on bank call reporting requirements. Each segment is then analyzed such that an allocation of the allowance is estimated for each loan segment.
The allowance allocation begins with a process of estimating the probable losses in each of the twelve loan segments. The estimates for these loans are based on our historical loss data for that category over the last twenty quarters.
The estimated loan loss allocation for all twelve loan portfolio segments is then adjusted for several “environmental” factors. The allocation for environmental factors is particularly subjective and does not lend itself to exact mathematical calculation. This


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

amount represents estimated probable inherent credit losses which exist, but have not yet been identified, as of the balance sheet date, and are based upon quarterly trend assessments in delinquent and nonaccrual loans, unanticipated charge-offs, credit concentration changes, prevailing economic conditions, changes in lending personnel experience, changes in lending policies or procedures, changes in interest rate, and other influencing factors. These environmental factors are considered for each of the twelve loan segments, and the allowance allocation, as determined by the processes noted above for each component, is increased or decreased based on the incremental assessment of these various environmental factors.
We then test the resulting allowance by comparing the balance in the allowance to industry and peer information. Our management then evaluates the result of the procedures performed, including the result of our testing, and concludes on the appropriateness of the balance of the allowance in its entirety. The board of directors reviews and approves the assessment prior to the filing of quarterly and annual financial information.
Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets- Long-lived assets, including purchased intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated.
Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are evaluated for impairment annually and are evaluated for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. That annual assessment date is December 31. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. The Company first has the option to perform a qualitative assessment of goodwill to determine if impairment has occurred. Based upon the qualitative assessment, if the fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value, the evaluation of goodwill is complete. If the qualitative assessment indicates that impairment is present, the goodwill impairment analysis continues with a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.
If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated potential impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss establishes a new basis in the goodwill.
Other-than-temporary Impairment -Impaired securities are assessed quarterly for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). A decline in the fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in a reduction in the carrying amount of the security. To determine whether OTTI has occurred, management considers factors such as (1) length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. If management deems a security to be OTTI, management reviews the present value of the future cash flows associated with the security. A shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is referred to as a credit loss. If a credit loss is identified, the credit loss is recognized in that period as a charge to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. If management concludes that no credit loss exists and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the security before the recovery of the security’s cost basis, then the security is not deemed OTTI and the shortfall is recorded as a component of equity.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments -Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 21 to the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
Results of Operations
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $32,594,000 , an increase of $ 9,068,000 , or 38.54% , compared to net earnings of $23,526,000 for 2017 . Our 2017 net earnings were 8.22% , or $ 2,107,000 , below our net earnings of $ 25,633,000 for 2016 . Basic earnings per share were $3.09 in 2018 , compared with $2.26 in 2017 and $2.49 in 2016 . Diluted earnings per share were $3.08 in 2018 , compared to $2.26 in 2017 and $2.49 in 2016 . Net income and diluted and basic earnings per share were significantly and negatively impacted by the revaluation of the Company’s deferred tax assets triggered by the passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in late December 2017. Net yield on earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 4.01% , compared to 3.84% and 3.82% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , respectively. Net interest spread for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 3.87% , compared to 3.75% and 3.73% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 , respectively. See below for further discussion regarding variances related to net interest income, provision for loan losses, non-interest income, non-interest expense and income taxes.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the amount by which interest earned on various earning assets exceeds interest paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities and is the most significant component of the Company’s earnings. Total interest income in 2018 was $ 103,525,000 , up 13.7% when compared with $91,020,000 in 2017 and up 22.2% when compared to $84,746,000 in 2016 , in each case excluding tax exempt adjustments relating to tax exempt securities and loans. The increase in total interest income in 2018 when compared to 2017 was primarily attributable to an overall increase in loans and the resulting increase in the aggregate amount of interest and fees earned on loans as well as an increase in average loan yields from 4.84% to 5.11% resulting from rate increases enacted by the Federal Reserve in 2018. The ratio of average earning assets to total average assets was 95.0% , 95.4% and 95.8% for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Average earning assets increased $123,040,000 from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 . The average rate earned on earning assets for 2018 was 4.62% , compared with 4.25% in 2017 and 4.23% in 2016 .
Total interest expense for 2018 was $14,018,000 , an increase of $5,129,000 , or 57.70% , compared to total interest expense of $8,889,000 in 2017 . Average interest bearing deposits increased to $1,867,037,000 for 2018 compared to $1,766,052,000 for 2017 . The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was 0.75% for 2018 compared to 0.50% for 2017 . Total interest expense increased from $8,284,000 in 2016 to $8,889,000 in 2017 , an increase of $605,000 , or 7.30% . The increases in total interest expense in 2018 and 2017 resulted primarily from a rising rate environment and competitive pressures in our markets, as well as an overall increase in the volume of average interest-bearing deposits. If the rates we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities rise faster than the yields we receive on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income could decrease when compared to prior periods if we are unable to grow our interest-earning assets at a pace that exceeds the growth in our interest-bearing liabilities.
Net interest income for 2018 totaled $89,507,000 as compared to $82,131,000 and $76,462,000 in 2017 and 2016 , respectively. The net interest spread, defined as the effective yield on earning assets less the effective cost of deposits and borrowed funds (calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis), increased to 3.87% in 2018 from 3.75% in 2017 . The net interest spread was 3.73% in 2016 . Net yield on earning assets increased to 4.01% in 2018 from 3.84% in 2017 . The net yield on earning assets was 3.82% in 2016 . The change in net yield on earning assets resulted from an increase in yields on loans and securities that were only partially offset by an increase in the interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. The increase in the loan yields from 2017 to 2018 is primarily the result of increases in short-term rates enacted by the Federal Reserve. The increase in yield on securities was due to management's ability to invest in higher yielding securities as the overall rates in the market increased. The rate the Company pays on its deposits and other funding sources increased in 2018 when compared to 2017, as the Company increased the rates it is paying on all of its deposit products as a result of competitive pressures in its markets and increases in short-term rates. Changes in interest rates paid on products such as interest checking, savings, and money market accounts will generally increase or decrease in a manner that is consistent with changes in the short-term environment, but are also impacted by competitive market conditions. The Company’s liabilities are positioned to re-price faster than its assets such that a short-term declining rate environment should have a positive impact on the Company’s earnings as its interest expense decreases faster than interest income. Conversely, a rising rate environment could have a short-term negative impact on margins, as deposits would likely re-price faster than assets. Management regularly monitors the deposit rates of the Company’s competitors and these rates continue to put pressure on the Company’s deposit pricing, just as loan pricing pressure from competition within our markets continues to negatively impact loan


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

yields. This pressure could continue to negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin and earnings if short-term rates continue to rise.

Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses represents a charge to earnings necessary to establish an allowance for loan losses that, in management’s evaluation, is adequate to provide coverage for estimated losses on outstanding loans and to provide for uncertainties in the economy. The 2018 provision for loan losses was $4,298,000 , an increase of $2,617,000 from the provision of $1,681,000 in 2017 , which was $1,302,000 higher than the provision in 2016 . The increase in the provision for the year ended December 31, 2018 is primarily attributable to an increase in the volume of loans originated during the period with an overall growth in the loan portfolio of 16.68%. Management continues to fund the allowance for loan losses through provisions based on management’s calculation of the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses is based on past loan experience and other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses. Such factors include growth and composition of the loan portfolio, review of specific problem loans, past due and nonperforming loans, change in lending staff, the recommendations of the Company’s regulators, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay.
Wilson Bank’s charge-off policy for impaired loans is similar to its charge-off policy for all loans in that loans are charged-off in the month when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible. Net charge-offs increased to $1,033,000 in 2018 from $503,000 in 2017 . Net charge-offs in 2016 totaled $548,000. The ratio of net charge-offs to average total outstanding loans was 0.05% in 2018 , 0.03% in 2017 and 0.04% in 2016 . Overall, Wilson Bank has continued to experience a stabilization in past dues and nonaccruals and is experiencing fewer foreclosures than it experienced in the recession.
The increase in provision for loan losses resulted in an increase of the allowance for loan losses (net of charge-offs and recoveries) to $27,174,000 at December 31, 2018 from $23,909,000 at December 31, 2017 and $22,731,000 at December 31, 2016 . The allowance for loan losses increased 13.66% between December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 as compared to the 16.68% increase in total loans over the same period. The allowance for loan losses was 1.33% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2018 compared to 1.37% at December 31, 2017 and 1.35% at December 31, 2016 . As a percentage of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , the allowance for loan losses represented 667%, 493% and 340%, respectively. The internally classified loans as a percentage of the allowance for loan losses were 44.3% and 67.8%, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017 .
The level of the allowance and the amount of the provision involve evaluation of uncertainties and matters of judgment. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses which management believes is adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio. A formal review is prepared quarterly by the Chief Financial Officer and provided to the Board of Directors to assess the risk in the portfolio and to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The review includes analysis of historical performance, the level of non-performing and adversely rated loans, specific analysis of certain problem loans, loan activity since the previous assessment, reports prepared by the Company's independent Loan Review Department, consideration of current economic conditions and other pertinent information. The level of the allowance to net loans outstanding will vary depending on the overall results of this quarterly assessment. See the discussion above under “Critical Accounting Estimates” for more information. Management believes the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2018 to be adequate, but if economic conditions deteriorate beyond management’s current expectations and additional charge-offs are incurred, the allowance for loan losses may require an increase through additional provision for loan losses expense which would negatively impact earnings.
Non-Interest Income
The components of the Company’s non-interest income include service charges on deposit accounts, other fees and commissions, fees and gains on sales of loans, gains (losses) on sales of securities, bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) and annuity earnings, gain on the sale of other real estate and other income. Total non-interest income for 2018 was $25,248,000 , compared with $22,821,000 in 2017 and $21,654,000 in 2016 . The 10.63% increase from 2017 was primarily due to an increase in other fees and commissions, an increase in service charges on deposits, and an increase on the gain on sale of loans offset in part by a decrease on the gain on sale of securities. Other fees and commissions increased $1,952,000 , or 16.61% , in 2018 to $13,704,000 when compared to 2017 . Other fees and commissions include income on brokerage accounts, debit card interchange fee income, and various other fees. The increase in other fees and commissions is primarily due to an increase in brokerage income, debit card interchange fee income, and management's decision to sell shares of previously acquired Visa stock to fund a portion of the Bank's loan growth. Brokerage income increased due to the addition of two financial advisors and higher recurring income due to higher stock market values throughout much of 2018 when compared to the comparable periods in 2017. Debit card interchange fee income increased due to an increase in the number and volume of debit card holders and transactions. The service charges on deposit accounts increased


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

$675,000 , or 11.02% , to $6,799,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 due to an increase in the number of consumer checking accounts, an increase in the number of transactions, an increase in the service charge on insufficient funds, and an increase in continuous overdraft fees. The fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans increased $381,000 , or 8.95% , to $4,639,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 . Overall, volume from the sale of loans decreased $18,835,000 from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 primarily resulting from a decrease in refinancings due to increased interest rates in 2018. Although the volume of mortgage loans sold decreased during 2018, the gain on sale of mortgage loans increased during the period ended December 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017 as a result of a new secondary market strategy we implemented in the first quarter of 2018, which included expanding our loan sale investor count and new pricing strategy. Loss on sale of securities increased $475,000 , or 271.43% , to a loss of $650,000 in 2018 when compared to a loss of $175,000 in 2017 due to management's decision to sell securities and reinvest the proceeds in higher yielding assets as interest rates rose in 2018.

The Company’s non-interest income is composed of several components, some of which vary significantly between periods. Service charges on deposit accounts and other non-interest income generally reflect the Company’s growth, while fees for origination of mortgage loans and brokerage fees and commissions will often reflect home mortgage market and stock market conditions and fluctuate more widely from period to period.
Non-Interest Expenses
Non-interest expenses consist primarily of employee costs, FDIC premiums, occupancy expenses, furniture and equipment expenses, data processing expenses, directors’ fees, and other operating expenses. Total non-interest expenses for 2018 increased 14.39% to $69,080,000 from $60,391,000 in 2017 . Non-interest expenses for 2017 were up 5.46% over non-interest expenses in 2016 which totaled $57,263,000 . The increase in non-interest expenses in 2018 is primarily attributable to a year-over-year increase in salaries and employee benefits of $3,760,000 , equity-based compensation expense of $545,000 , other operating expenses of $2,177,000 , occupancy expenses of $685,000 , furniture and equipment expenses of $682,000 , and ATM and interchange fees of $522,000 . Salaries and employee benefits were up in 2018 when compared to 2017 because the number of employees continued to increase in order to support the Company's growth in operations and new branch expansions.The increase in equity-based compensation expense is due to the increased expense associated with stock appreciation rights, which was driven by an increase in our year-end stock price.The increase in other operating expenses is due to increased account servicing costs associated with an increase in consumer checking accounts, brokerage accounts and loans made to customers. Occupancy expenses were up in 2018 when compared to 2017 due to the opening of a new branch in Davidson County in the third quarter of 2017, the opening of a new operations center in the second quarter of 2018, and the initial lease payments associated with the opening of a new branch in Williamson County in the fourth quarter of 2018. The increase in furniture and equipment expenses is primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation related to the opening of the new operations building as well as an increase in the cost of maintenance and repairs. The increase in ATM and interchange fees is primarily attributable to the addition of ATMs as branch expansion has occurred and increasing interchange fees associated with a higher volume of debit card transactions. The Company anticipates that salaries and employee benefits expense and occupancy expense will continue to increase as the Company's operations grow.
Income Taxes

The Company’s income tax expense was $8,783,000 for 2018 , a decrease of $10,571,000 from $19,354,000 for 2017 , which was up by $4,513,000 from the 2016 total of $14,841,000 . The percentage of income tax expense to earnings before taxes was 21.2% in 2018 , 45.1% in 2017 and 36.7% in 2016 . The decrease in income tax expense as well as the percentage of income expense to earnings before taxes is primarily due to the changes in statutory corporate tax rates resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Act"), a tax reform bill passed in December 2017 which, among other items, reduced the then current corporate federal tax rate to 21% from 35%. Our effective tax rate represents our blended federal and state rate of 26.135% affected by the impact of anticipated favorable permanent differences between our book and taxable income such as bank-owned life insurance, income earned on tax-exempt securities and certain federal and state tax credits. The rate reduction was effective January 1, 2018. The Company concluded that the Act caused the Company's deferred tax assets to be revalued. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through income tax expense. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we reduced the value of our deferred tax assets by $3.6 million and recorded an additional income tax expense, thus causing the increase in income tax expense from 2016 to 2017.
Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s best assessment of estimated future taxes to be paid. We are subject to income taxes at both the federal and state level. Significant judgments and estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax expense.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. In projecting future taxable income, we begin with historical results adjusted for changes in accounting policies and incorporate assumptions including the amount of future state and federal pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, we consider three years of cumulative operating income. Changes in current tax laws and rates could also affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future as was the case with the passage of the Act.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 740,  Income Taxes  (“ASC 740”) provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.
We recognize tax liabilities in accordance with ASC Topic 740 and we adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.
Earnings Per Share
The computation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share for the Company begins with the basic earnings per share plus the effect of common shares contingently issuable from stock options.
The following is a summary of components comprising basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :  
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
(Dollars in Thousands except per share amounts)
Basic EPS Computation:
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator – Earnings available to common stockholders
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Denominator – Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
10,564,172

 
10,407,211

 
10,279,332

Basic earnings per common share
$
3.09

 
2.26

 
2.49

Diluted EPS Computation:
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator – Earnings available to common stockholders
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Denominator – Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
10,564,172

 
10,407,211

 
10,279,332

Dilutive effect of stock options
8,049

 
5,325

 
4,996

 
10,572,221

 
10,412,536

 
10,284,328

Diluted earnings per common share
$
3.08

 
2.26

 
2.49




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Condition
Balance Sheet Summary
The Company’s total assets increased by $226,649,000 , or 9.78% , to $2,543,682,000 at December 31, 2018 , after increasing 5.41% in 2017 to $2,317,033,000 at December 31, 2017 . Loans, net of allowance for loan losses, totaled $2,016,005,000 at December 31, 2018 , a 16.72% increase compared to December 31, 2017 . The increase in loans resulted from an overall increase in demand for construction loans and 1-4 family residential real estate loans, along with an increase in marketing efforts that concentrated on increasing the volume of loans and our recent branch expansion. We operate in a market area that is experiencing economic growth, particularly growth in new jobs due to the opening of several new distribution centers which caused our construction and residential 1-4 family portfolios to increase as of December 31, 2018, when compared to December 31, 2017. At year end 2018 , securities totaled $285,252,000 , a decrease of 21.89% from $365,196,000 at December 31, 2017 , primarily as a result of management's decision to sell securities and reinvest the proceeds in higher yielding assets.
Total liabilities increased by $198,712,000 , or 9.70% , to $2,248,015,000 at December 31, 2018 compared to $2,049,303,000 at December 31, 2017 . This increase was composed primarily of the $ 197,910,000 increase in total deposits to $2,235,655,000 , a 9.71% increase from December 31, 2017 . Securities sold under repurchase agreements decreased to $0 from $864,000 at the respective year ends 2018 and 2017 .
Stockholders’ equity increased $27,937,000 , or 10.43% , in 2018 , due to net earnings and the issuance of stock pursuant to the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and the exercise of stock options, offset by increases in unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities and dividends paid on the Company’s common stock. The change in stockholders’ equity includes a $3,470,000 increase in net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes during the period. A more detailed discussion of assets, liabilities and capital follows.
Loans
Loan category amounts and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans are as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2018

 
December 31, 2017

 
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
 
(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
 
AMOUNT
 
PERCENTAGE
 
AMOUNT
 
PERCENTAGE
Commercial, financial and agricultural
$
89,554

 
4.3
%
 
$
59,797

 
3.4
%
Installment and other
48,759

 
2.4

 
43,009

 
2.4

Real estate – mortgage
1,393,641

 
68.0

 
1,263,696

 
71.9

Real estate – construction
518,245

 
25.3

 
392,039

 
22.3

Total
$
2,050,199

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,758,541

 
100.0
%
Loans are the largest component of the Company’s assets and are its primary source of income. The Company’s loan portfolio, net of allowance for loan losses, increased 16.72% at year end 2018 when compared to year end 2017 . The loan portfolio is composed of four primary loan categories: commercial, financial and agricultural; installment and other; real estate-mortgage; and real estate-construction. The table above sets forth the loan categories and the percentage of such loans in the portfolio as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 .
As represented in the table, Wilson Bank experienced loan growth for the year ended December 31, 2018 in all four primary loan categories. Real estate mortgage loans increased 10.28% in 2018 and comprised 68.0% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018 , compared to 71.9 % at December 31, 2017 . Management believes the increase in real estate mortgage loans was primarily due to the continued favorable population growth in the Company's market areas and the Company's ability to increase its market share of such loans while maintaining its loan underwriting standards. Installment loans increased 13.37% in 2018 and comprised 2.4 % of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 . Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans increased 49.76% in 2018 and comprised 4.3% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2018 , compared to 3.4% at December 31,


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2017 due, in part, to the addition of one large commercial loan relationship. Real estate construction loans increased 32.19% in 2018 and comprised 25.3 % of the portfolio at December 31, 2018 , compared to 22.3% at December 31, 2017 . The increase in real estate construction loans during 2018 reflected the overall increase in demand for such loans in the overall economy and the Company’s market. Because of the increase in the construction portfolio, Wilson Bank has implemented an additional layer of monitoring as it seeks to avoid advancing funds that exceed the present value of the collateral securing the loan. The responsibility for monitoring percentage of completion and distribution of funds tied to these completion percentages are now monitored and administered by a credit administration department independent of the lending function. Wilson Bank continues to seek to diversify its real estate portfolio to avoid having concentrations in any one type of loan.
Banking regulators define highly leveraged transactions to include leveraged buy-outs, acquisition loans and recapitalization loans of an existing business. Under the regulatory definition, at December 31, 2018 , the Company had no highly leveraged transactions, and there were no foreign loans outstanding during any of the reporting periods. As of December 31, 2018 , the Company had not underwritten any loans in connection with capital leases.
The following tables present the Company’s nonaccrual loans and past due loans as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 .
 
Loans on Nonaccrual Status
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Residential 1-4 family
$
948

 
$

Multifamily

 

Commercial real estate
1,102

 
1,729

Construction

 

Farmland

 
310

Second mortgages

 

Equity lines of credit

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 
1

Total
$
2,050

 
$
2,040




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
(In thousands)
 
30-59 Days Past Due
 
60-89 Days Past Due
 
Nonaccrual and Greater Than 90 Days Past Due
 
Past Due
 
Current
 
Loans
 
Loans Greater Than 90 Days Past Due and Accruing Interest
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
3,258

 
1,092

 
1,868

 
6,218

 
454,474

 
460,692

 
$
920

Multifamily

 

 

 

 
134,613

 
134,613

 

Commercial real estate
312

 
109

 
1,174

 
1,595

 
699,460

 
701,055

 
72

Construction
1,567

 
26

 
32

 
1,625

 
516,620

 
518,245

 
32

Farmland
43

 
9

 
21

 
73

 
23,998

 
24,071

 
21

Second mortgages
333

 

 

 
333

 
10,864

 
11,197

 

Equity lines of credit
297

 

 
45

 
342

 
61,671

 
62,013

 
45

Commercial
93

 

 
24

 
117

 
78,128

 
78,245

 
24

Agricultural, installment and other
407

 
85

 
95

 
587

 
59,481

 
60,068

 
95

Total
$
6,310

 
1,321

 
3,259

 
10,890

 
2,039,309

 
2,050,199

 
$
1,209

December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
3,631

 
524

 
673

 
4,828

 
401,839

 
406,667

 
$
673

Multifamily

 

 

 

 
91,992

 
91,992

 

Commercial real estate

 
83

 
1,729

 
1,812

 
659,411

 
661,223

 

Construction
433

 

 
113

 
546

 
391,493

 
392,039

 
113

Farmland
112

 

 
310

 
422

 
33,790

 
34,212

 

Second mortgages

 

 
2

 
2

 
8,950

 
8,952

 
2

Equity lines of credit

 

 
41

 
41

 
60,609

 
60,650

 
41

Commercial
2

 
137

 

 
139

 
47,800

 
47,939

 

Agricultural, installment and other
432

 
57

 
149

 
638

 
54,229

 
54,867

 
148

Total
$
4,610

 
801

 
3,017

 
8,428

 
1,750,113

 
1,758,541

 
$
977






WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Non-performing loans, which include nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days past due, totaled $3,259,000 at December 31, 2018 , an increase from $3,017,000 at December 31, 2017 , resulting from a $10,000 , or 0.49%, increase in nonaccrual loans and a $232,000, or 23.75%, increase in 90 day past due and accruing loans. The increase in non-performing loans during the year ended December 31, 2018 of $242,000 was due primarily to an increase in non-performing residential 1-4 family real estate loans of $1,195,000, offset in part by a decrease in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $555,000 and a decrease in non-performing farmland loans of $289,000. The increase in non-performing residential 1-4 family loans resulted primarily from the addition of one large 1-4 family residential loan on nonaccrual status. The decrease in non-performing commercial real estate loans from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 primarily resulted from the pay-down of one large loan on nonaccrual status. Nonaccrual loans are loans on which interest is no longer accrued because management believes collection of such interest is doubtful due to management’s evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition, collateral liquidation value, economic and business conditions and other factors affecting the borrower’s ability to pay. Management believes that it is probable that it will incur losses on nonperforming loans but believes that these losses should not exceed the amount in the allowance for loan losses already allocated to these loans, unless there is a deterioration of local real estate values.
At December 31, 2018 , the Company had two impaired loans totaling $2,050,000 which were on non-accruing interest status. At December 31, 2017 , the Company had one impaired loan of $1,729,000 which was on non-accruing interest status. In each case, at the date such loans were placed on nonaccrual status, the Company reversed all previously accrued interest income against current year earnings.
The following table presents the Company’s impaired loans (including loans on nonaccrual status and loans past due 90 days or more) at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 .
 


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
1,196

 
1,795

 

 
1,862

 
42

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
317

 
316

 

 
320

 
16

Construction
690

 
686

 

 
822

 
42

Farmland

 

 

 
233

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
2,203

 
2,797

 

 
3,237

 
100

With allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
1,641

 
1,635

 
852

 
1,782

 
77

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
1,515

 
1,515

 
312

 
2,001

 
17

Construction

 

 

 

 

Farmland

 

 

 

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
3,156

 
3,150

 
1,164

 
3,783

 
94

Total
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
2,837

 
3,430

 
852

 
3,644

 
119

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
1,832

 
1,831

 
312

 
2,321

 
33

Construction
690

 
686

 

 
822

 
42

Farmland

 

 

 
233

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
5,359

 
5,947

 
1,164

 
7,020

 
194




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
2,314

 
2,322

 

 
742

 
103

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
893

 
889

 

 
902

 
39

Construction
1,185

 
1,182

 

 
1,354

 
64

Farmland

 

 

 
26

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
4,392

 
4,393

 

 
3,024

 
206

With allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
409

 
581

 
136

 
461

 
29

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
2,157

 
2,157

 
291

 
2,894

 
17

Construction

 

 

 

 

Farmland

 

 

 

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
2,566

 
2,738

 
427

 
3,355

 
46

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
2,723

 
2,903

 
136

 
1,203

 
132

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
3,050

 
3,046

 
291

 
3,796

 
56

Construction
1,185

 
1,182

 

 
1,354

 
64

Farmland

 

 

 
26

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
6,958

 
7,131

 
427

 
6,379

 
252

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance of FASB ASC 310, when the current net worth and financial capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any, is viewed as inadequate and it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. In those cases, such loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt, and if such deficiencies are not corrected, there is a probability that the Company will sustain some loss. In such cases, interest income continues to accrue as long as the loan does not meet the Company’s criteria for nonaccrual status. Impaired loans are measured


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the Company shall recognize impairment by creating a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses or by adjusting an existing valuation allowance for the impaired loan with a corresponding charge or credit to the provision for loan losses. The decrease in impaired loans during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 was the result of the pay-off or pay-down of five loan relationships, partially offset by one large loan relationship becoming impaired in the first quarter of 2018. Overall, the Company’s market areas have seen continued strengthening in the residential real estate market in recent years while the commercial real estate market has remained steady. The allowance for loan losses related to collateral dependent impaired loans was measured based upon the estimated fair value of related collateral.
The Company considers all loans subject to the provisions of FASB ASC 310 that are on nonaccrual status to be impaired. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when doubt as to timely collection of principal or interest exists, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more unless such loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Delays or shortfalls in loan payments are evaluated with various other factors to determine if a loan is impaired. Generally, delinquencies under 90 days are considered insignificant unless certain other factors are present which indicate impairment is probable. The decision to place a loan on nonaccrual status is also based on an evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition, collateral liquidation value, and other factors that affect the borrower’s ability to pay.
The Company also internally classifies loans which, although current, management questions the borrower’s ability to comply with the present repayment terms of the loan agreement. These internally classified loans totaled $12,039,000 , inclusive of the Company’s non-performing loans, at December 31, 2018 , as compared to $16,199,000 at December 31, 2017 . Of the internally classified loans at December 31, 2018 , $11,855,000 are real estate related loans (including loans to home builders and developers of land, commercial real estate loans, as well as multifamily mortgage loans) and $184,000 are various other types of loans. These loans have been graded accordingly considering bankruptcies, inadequate cash flows and delinquencies. Overall, in 2018 Wilson Bank experienced a stabilization in internally graded loans as the cash flows from home builders, land developers and commercial real estate borrowers continue to improve. Management does not anticipate losses on these loans to exceed the amount already allocated to loan losses for these loans, unless there is a deterioration of local real estate values.
The internally classified loans as a percentage of the allowance for loan losses were 44.3% and 67.8%, respectively, at December 31, 2018 and 2017 .
The Company’s loan portfolio includes certain loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (TDR), where economic, or other, concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. The concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reduction in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months. Nonperforming TDRs as of December 31, 2018 decreased $1,018,000 to $816,000 at December 31, 2018 when compared to December 31, 2017 due to the payoff of one large TDR loan relationship that was non-performing. Total TDRs decreased $1,592,000 to $2,492,000 from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018 due the pay-down of one large loan relationship and the pay-off of several loan relationships in 2018 that were classified as TDRs.
The allowance for loan losses is discussed under “Critical Accounting Estimates” and “Provision for Loan Losses.” The Company maintains its allowance for loan losses at an amount believed by management to be adequate to absorb probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2018 .
Substantially all of the Company’s loans are from Wilson, DeKalb, Smith, Putnam, Trousdale, Davidson, Rutherford, Williamson and adjacent counties. Although the majority of the Company's loans are in the real estate market, the Company seeks to exercise prudent risk management in lending through the diversification by loan category within the real estate segment, including 1-4 family residential real estate, commercial real estate, multifamily, construction, second mortgages, farmland, and equity lines of credit. At December 31, 2018 , no single industry segment accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s portfolio other than construction, commercial real estate, and residential 1-4 family real estate loans.


The Company’s management believes there is an opportunity to increase the loan portfolio in 2019 as economic conditions in the Company's primary market areas continue to outperform other markets. The Company will target owner-occupied commercial


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

real estate, residential real estate lending and consumer lending as areas of emphasis in 2019. At December 31, 2018 , the Company’s total loans equaled 91.4% of its total deposits. As a practice, the Company generates its own loans and does not buy participations from other institutions. The Company may sell portions of the loans it generates to other financial institutions for cash in order to improve the liquidity of the Company’s loan portfolio or extend its lending capacity.
Securities
Securities decreased 21.89% to $285,252,000 at December 31, 2018 from $365,196,000 at December 31, 2017 , and comprised the second largest and other primary component of the Company’s earning assets. Securities decreased as the result of management’s decision to sell securities and reinvest the proceeds into higher yielding assets. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company sold securities classified as held-to-maturity with a book value of $4,843,000 for a loss of $79,000. Due to the sale, management determined the Company no longer had the intent to hold the remaining securities classified as held-to-maturity to their respective maturity dates and transferred the remaining book value of $22,800,000 to the available-for-sale classification. The average yield, excluding tax equivalent adjustment, of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2018 was 2.45% with a weighted average life of 6.50 years, as compared to an average yield of 2.30% and a weighted average life of 6.17 years at December 31, 2017 . The weighted average lives on mortgage-backed securities reflect the repayment rate used for book value calculations.
Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available-for-sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.
No securities have been classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity at December 31, 2018 .
The Company’s classification of securities as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 is as follows:  
 
December 31, 2018
(In Thousands)
Available-For-Sale
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Market Value
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$
71,446

 
$
68,467

Mortgage-backed securities
152,375

 
147,510

Asset-backed securities
22,534

 
21,700

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
49,328

 
47,575

 
$
295,683

 
$
285,252

 

 
December 31, 2017
 
December 31, 2017
(In Thousands)
Held-To-Maturity
 
Available-For-Sale
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Market Value
 
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Market Value
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$

 
$

 
$
74,690

 
$
72,980

Mortgage-backed securities
9,886

 
9,761

 
200,175

 
197,926

Asset-backed securities

 

 
26,387

 
25,598

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
22,594

 
22,350

 
37,197

 
36,212

 
$
32,480

 
$
32,111

 
$
338,449

 
$
332,716

 


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The classification of a portion of the securities portfolio as available-for-sale was made to provide for more flexibility in asset/liability management and capital management.
The following table shows the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2018 :
 
In Thousands, Except Number of Securities
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number
of
Securities
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number
of
Securities
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-Sale Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GSEs
$

 
$

 

 
$
68,467

 
$
2,979

 
28

 
$
68,467

 
$
2,979

Mortgage-backed securities
8,651

 
64

 
10

 
137,457

 
4,810

 
94

 
146,108

 
4,874

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 
20,597

 
844

 
14

 
20,597

 
844

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
4,064

 
26

 
6

 
39,841

 
1,749

 
94

 
43,905

 
1,775

 
$
12,715

 
$
90

 
16

 
$
266,362

 
$
10,382

 
230

 
$
279,077

 
$
10,472

The impaired securities are considered high quality investments in line with normal industry investing practices. The unrealized losses are primarily the result of changes in the interest rate and sector environments. Impaired securities are assessed quarterly for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). A decline in the fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in a reduction in the carrying amount of the security. To determine whether OTTI has occurred, management considers factors such as (1) length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value. If management deems a security to be OTTI, management reviews the present value of the future cash flows associated with the security. A shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is referred to as a credit loss. If a credit loss is identified, the credit loss is recognized in that period as a charge to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. If management concludes that no credit loss exists and it is not more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the security before the recovery of the security’s cost basis, then the security is not deemed OTTI and the shortfall is recorded as a component of equity. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2018 , management believes the impairments detailed in the table above are temporary and no impairment loss has been realized in our consolidated income statement.
Deposits
The increases in assets in 2018 and 2017 were funded primarily by increases in deposits and the Company’s earnings. Total deposits, which are the principal source of funds for the Company, totaled $2,235,655,000 at December 31, 2018 compared to $2,037,745,000 at December 31, 2017 . The Company has targeted local consumers, professionals and small businesses as its central clientele; therefore, deposit instruments in the form of demand deposits, savings accounts, money market demand accounts, certificates of deposits and individual retirement accounts are offered to customers. Management believes the Wilson County, Davidson County, DeKalb County, Putnam County, Smith County, Sumner County, Rutherford County, Trousdale County and Williamson County areas are attractive economic markets offering growth opportunities for the Company; however, the Company competes with several larger banks and community banks that have bank offices in these counties which may negatively impact market growth or maintenance of current market share. Even though the Company is in a very competitive market, management currently believes that its market share can be maintained or expanded.
The $197,910,000 , or 9.71% , growth in deposits in 2018 was due to a $98,974,000 , or 22.59% , increase in certificates of deposits, a $79,048,000 , or 12.19% , increase in money market accounts, a $14,598,000 , or 6.09% , increase in demand deposit accounts, a $7,505,000 , or 1.51% , increase in NOW accounts, a $96,000 , or 0.07% , increase in savings accounts, offset by a decrease in individual retirement accounts of $2,311,000 , or 2.93% . The average rate paid on average total interest-bearing deposits was 0.75% for 2018 compared to 0.50% for 2017 . The average rate paid in 2016 was 0.50% . Competitive pressure from other banks in our


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

market area relating to deposit pricing continues to adversely affect the rates paid on deposit accounts as it limits our ability to keep deposit rates unchanged as short-term interest rates rise. It’s these same competitive pressures that may cause our deposit rates to rise more quickly than we are able to increase rates we earn on loans in a rising rate environment like the one we are currently experiencing. If this were to happen our net interest margin would experience compression and our results of operations would be negatively impacted. The ratio of average loans to average deposits was 89.7% in 2018 , 86.5% in 2017 , and 84.0% in 2016 . The Company anticipates that during 2019 deposits will shift to time deposits due to the expected stabilization of rates based upon the policies enacted by the Federal Reserve.
Contractual Obligations
The Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2018 are as follows:
(In Thousands)
Less than 1
Year
 
1 –3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than
5 Years
 
Total
Long-Term Debt
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Operating Leases
401

 
748

 
265

 
13

 
1,427

Purchases

 

 

 

 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Total
$
401

 
$
748

 
$
265

 
$
13

 
$
1,427

Long-term debt contractual obligations would typically include advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, but at December 31, 2018 , the Company had no such advances. The Company leases land for certain branch facilities and automatic teller machine locations. Future minimum rental payments required under the terms of these non-cancellable leases are included in operating lease obligations.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2018 , the Company had unfunded lines of credit of $ 583 million and outstanding standby letters of credit of $80 million . Since many of the commitments are expected to be drawn upon, the total commitment amounts generally represent future cash requirements. If needed to fund these outstanding commitments, the Company’s bank subsidiary has the ability to liquidate Federal funds sold or securities available-for-sale or on a short-term basis to borrow and purchase Federal funds from other financial institutions. Additionally, the Company’s bank subsidiary could sell participations in these or other loans to correspondent banks. As mentioned below, Wilson Bank has been able to fund its ongoing liquidity needs through its stable core deposit base, loan payments, its investment security maturities, and short-term borrowings.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which possess a short term to maturity. Based upon the nature of the Company’s operations, the Company is not subject to foreign currency exchange or commodity price risk.
Interest rate risk (sensitivity) management focuses on the earnings risk associated with changing interest rates. Management seeks to maintain profitability in both short term and long term earnings through funds management/interest rate risk management. The Company’s rate sensitivity position has an important impact on earnings. Senior management of the Company meets quarterly to analyze the rate sensitivity position. These meetings focus on the spread between the cost of funds and interest yields generated primarily through loans and investments .



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Liquidity and Asset Management
The Company’s management seeks to maximize net interest income by managing the Company’s assets and liabilities within appropriate constraints on capital, liquidity and interest rate risk. Liquidity is the ability to maintain sufficient cash levels necessary to fund operations, meet the requirements of depositors and borrowers and fund attractive investment opportunities. Higher levels of liquidity bear corresponding costs, measured in terms of lower yields on short-term, more liquid earning assets and higher interest expense involved in extending liability maturities. Liquid assets include cash and cash equivalents, investment securities and money market instruments that will mature within one year. At December 31, 2018 , the Company’s liquid assets totaled approximately $134.1 million.
The Company maintains a formal asset and liability management process to quantify, monitor and control interest rate risk, and to assist management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments. The Company accomplishes this process through the development and implementation of lending, funding and pricing strategies designed to maximize net interest income under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.
Analysis of rate sensitivity and rate gap analysis are the primary tools used to assess the direction and magnitude of changes in net interest income resulting from changes in interest rates. Included in the analysis are cash flows and maturities of financial instruments held for purposes other than trading, changes in market conditions, loan volumes and pricing and deposit volume and mix. These assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, as a result, net interest income can not be precisely estimated nor can the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income be precisely predicted. Actual results will differ due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and management’s strategies, among other factors.
The Company’s primary source of liquidity is a stable core deposit base. In addition, short-term borrowings, loan payments and investment security maturities provide a secondary source. At December 31, 2018 , the Company had a liability sensitive position (a negative gap). Liability sensitivity means that more of the Company’s liabilities are capable of re-pricing over certain time frames than its assets. The interest rates associated with these liabilities may not actually change over this period but are capable of changing.
Interest rate risk (sensitivity) management focuses on the earnings risk associated with changing interest rates. Management seeks to maintain profitability in both immediate and long-term earnings through funds management/interest rate risk management. The Company’s rate sensitivity position has an important impact on earnings. Senior management of the Company meets quarterly to analyze its rate sensitivity position. These meetings focus on the spread between the Company’s cost of funds and interest yields generated primarily through loans and investments.
The Company’s securities portfolio consists of earning assets that provide interest income. For those securities classified as held-to-maturity, the Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities to maturity or on a long-term basis. Securities classified as available-for-sale include securities intended to be used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and/or securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, the need or desire to increase capital and similar economic factors. At December 31, 2018 , securities totaling approximately $26.1 million mature or will be subject to rate adjustments within the next twelve months.

A secondary source of liquidity is the Company’s loan portfolio. At December 31, 2018 , loans totaling approximately $673.6 million either will become due or will be subject to rate adjustments within twelve months from that date. Continued emphasis will be placed on structuring adjustable rate loans.
As for liabilities, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts of $250,000 or greater totaling approximately $61.8 million will become due or reprice during the next twelve months. Historically, there has been no significant reduction in immediately withdrawable accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market demand accounts, demand deposit accounts and regular savings accounts. Management anticipates that there will be no significant withdrawals from these accounts in 2019.





WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table shows the rate sensitivity gaps for different time periods as of December 31, 2018 :
Interest Rate Sensitivity Gaps  
(In Thousands)
1-90 Days
 
91-180 Days
 
181-365 Days
 
One Year And Longer
 
Total
Interest-earning assets
$
452,762

 
114,027

 
225,135

 
1,636,218

 
2,428,142

Interest-bearing liabilities
(1,436,434
)
 
(67,380
)
 
(154,305
)
 
(323,379
)
 
(1,981,498
)
Interest-rate sensitivity gap
$
(983,672
)
 
46,647

 
70,830

 
1,312,839

 
446,644

Cumulative gap
$
(983,672
)
 
(937,025
)
 
(866,195
)
 
446,644

 
 

The Company also uses simulation modeling to evaluate both the level of interest rate sensitivity as well as potential balance sheet strategies. The Asset Liability Committee meets quarterly to analyze the interest rate shock simulation. The interest rate simulation model is based on a number of assumptions. The assumptions relate primarily to loan and deposit growth, asset and liability prepayments, the call features of investment securities, interest rates and balance sheet management strategies. The Company also uses Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) sensitivity analysis to understand the impact of changes in interest rates on long-term cash flows, income and capital. EVE is calculated by discounting the cash flows for all balance sheet instruments under different interest rate scenarios. The EVE is a longer term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of the future cash flows. Presented below is the estimated impact on Wilson Bank’s net interest income and EVE as of December 31, 2018 , assuming an immediate shift in interest rates:
 
 
% Change from Base Case for
Immediate Parallel Changes in Rates
 
-200 BP(1)
 
-100 BP(1)
 
+100 BP
 
+200 BP
 
+300 BP
Net interest income
(6.82
)%
 
(1.08
)%
 
(1.14
)%
 
(2.60
)%
 
(4.41
)%
EVE
(13.26
)
 
(3.81
)
 
0.36

 
(0.49
)
 
(2.06
)
 
(1) Because certain current short-term interest rates are at or below 1.00% or 2.00%, the 100 basis points downward shock assumes that certain corresponding interest rates reflect a decrease of less than the full 100 or 200 basis points downward shock.

Each of the above analyses may not, on its own, be an accurate indicator of how our net interest income will be affected by changes in interest rates. Income associated with interest-earning assets and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by changes in interest rates. In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on net interest income. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate in advance of changes in general market rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in general market rates. In addition, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features (generally referred to as interest rate caps and floors) which limit changes in interest rates. Prepayment and early withdrawal levels also could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the maturity of certain instruments. The ability of many borrowers to service their debts also may decrease during periods of rising interest rates. We review each of the above interest rate sensitivity analyses along with several different interest rate scenarios as part of our responsibility to provide a satisfactory, consistent level of profitability within the framework of established liquidity, loan, investment, borrowing, and capital policies.
Management believes that with present maturities, the anticipated growth in deposit base, and the efforts of management in its asset/liability management program, liquidity will not pose a problem in the near term future. At the present time there are no other known trends or any known commitments, demands, events or uncertainties that will result in, or that are reasonably likely to result in, the Company’s liquidity changing in a materially adverse way.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Impact of Inflation
Although interest rates are significantly affected by inflation, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, the inflation rate is believed to have had an immaterial impact on the Company’s results of operations.
Capital Resources, Capital Position and Dividends
At December 31, 2018 , total stockholders’ equity was $295,667,000 , or 11.62% of total assets, which compares with $267,730,000 , or 11.55% of total assets, at December 31, 2017 , and $244,620,000, or 11.13% of total assets, at December 31, 2016 . The dollar increase in the Company’s stockholders’ equity during 2018 reflects (i) net income of $32,594,000 less cash dividends of $0.90 per share totaling $9,447,000, (ii) the issuance of 161,514 shares of common stock for $7,470,000, as reinvestment of cash dividends, (iii) the issuance of 11,585 shares of common stock pursuant to exercise of stock options for $394,000, (iv) the net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities of $3,470,000, and (v) a stock-based compensation expense of $396,000.
The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and, in the case of the Bank, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Wilson Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total, Tier 1, and common equity Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , the Company and the Bank are considered to be “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory definitions.
As of December 31, 2018 , the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized Wilson Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized for prompt corrective action regulations as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , an institution was required to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, common equity Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables and not be subject to a written agreement, order or directive to maintain a specific capital level. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed Wilson Bank’s category. The Company’s and Wilson Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , are presented in the following table (dollar amounts in thousands):



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy Requirements With Basel III Capital Conservation Buffer
 
Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Applicable Prompt Corrective Action Regulatory Provisions
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
326,099

 
14.1
%
 
$
227,974

 
9.875
%
 
$
230,860

 
10.0
%
Wilson Bank
323,852

 
14.0

 
227,915

 
9.875

 
230,800

 
10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
298,566

 
12.9

 
181,802

 
7.875

 
138,516

 
6.0

Wilson Bank
296,319

 
12.8

 
181,756

 
7.875

 
184,641

 
8.0

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
298,566

 
12.9

 
147,173

 
6.375

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
296,319

 
12.8

 
147,136

 
6.375

 
150,021

 
6.5

Tier 1 capital to average assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
298,566

 
12.3

 
97,022

 
4.0

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
296,319

 
11.9

 
99,373

 
4.0

 
124,217

 
5.0

 


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Adequacy Requirements With Basel III Capital Conservation Buffer
 
Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Applicable Prompt Corrective Action Regulatory Provisions
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
291,395

 
14.2
%
 
$
189,658

 
9.25
%
 
$
205,036

 
10.0
%
Wilson Bank
289,824

 
14.1

 
189,618

 
9.25

 
204,992

 
10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
267,159

 
13.0

 
148,651

 
7.25

 
123,021

 
6.0

Wilson Bank
265,588

 
13.0

 
148,619

 
7.25

 
163,994

 
8.0

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
267,159

 
13.0

 
117,895

 
5.75

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
265,588

 
13.0

 
117,871

 
5.75

 
133,245

 
6.5

Tier 1 capital to average assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
267,159

 
11.9

 
90,110

 
4.0

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
265,588

 
11.5

 
92,062

 
4.0

 
115,078

 
5.0

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators, in response to the Statutory Requirements of The Dodd-Frank Act, adopted new regulations implementing the Basel Capital Adequacy Accord (“Basel III”) and the related higher minimum capital ratios. The new capital requirements were effective beginning January 1, 2015 and include a new “Common Equity Tier I Ratio”, which has stricter rules as to what qualifies as Common Equity Tier I Capital.
The guidelines under Basel III establish a 2.5% capital conservation buffer requirement that was phased in over four years beginning January 1, 2016. The buffer is related to Risk Weighted Assets. In order to avoid limitations on capital distributions such as dividends and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, a banking organization must maintain capital ratios above the minimum ratios including the buffer. The Basel III minimum requirements after giving effect to the buffer as of January 1, of each year presented are as follows:
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
Common Equity Tier I Ratio
5.125
%
 
5.75
%
 
6.375
%
 
7.0
%
Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Ratio
6.625
%
 
7.25
%
 
7.875
%
 
8.5
%
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Ratio
8.625
%
 
9.25
%
 
9.875
%
 
10.5
%
The requirements of Basel III also place more restrictions on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and capitalized mortgage servicing rights as a percentage of Tier I Capital. In addition, the risk weights assigned to certain assets such as past due loans and certain real estate loans have been increased.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The requirements of Basel III allowed banks and bank holding companies with less than $250 billion in assets a one-time opportunity to opt-out of a requirement to include unrealized gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income in their capital calculation. The Company and Wilson Bank have opted out of this requirement.
The application of these more stringent capital requirements to the Company and Wilson Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if the Company and Wilson Bank were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of the final rules regarding Basel III could result in the Company or Wilson Bank having to lengthen the term of their funding, restructure their business models and/or increase their holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy and could limit the Company’s and Wilson Bank’s ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back shares.
In 2018, the U.S. Congress passed, and the President signed into law, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “Growth Act”). The Growth Act, among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to issue regulations allowing community bank organizations with total assets of less than $10.0 billion in assets and limited amounts of certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures to access a simpler capital regime focused on a bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital levels rather than risk-based capital levels that are the focus of the capital rules issued under the Dodd-Frank Act implementing Basel III.
In November 2018, the federal banking agencies proposed regulations that would exempt a qualifying community bank and its holding company that have Tier 1 leverage ratios of greater than 9 percent from the risk-based capital requirements of the capital rules issued under the Dodd-Frank Act. A qualifying community banking organization and its holding company that have chosen the proposed framework would not be required to calculate the existing risk-based and leverage capital requirements. Such a bank would also be considered to have met the capital ratio requirements to be well capitalized for the agencies' prompt corrective action rules provided it has a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9 percent.
The Growth Act also raised the eligibility for the small bank holding company policy statement to $3 billion of assets from $1 billion.
The rules implementing these provisions of the Growth Act are not yet finalized and the Company has not yet made a determination regarding whether it will seek to take advantage of these new capital rules under the Growth Act.













Holding Company & Stock Information
Wilson Bank Holding Company Directors


William Jordan, Chairman; Randall Clemons; Jack Bell; James F. Comer; Robert H. Goodall, Anthony Patton; John C. McDearman III and Elmer Richerson.
Common Stock Market Information
The common stock of Wilson Bank Holding Company is not traded on an exchange nor is there a known active trading market. The number of stockholders of record at February 19, 2019 was 4,186. Based solely on information made available to the Company from limited numbers of buyers and sellers, the Company believes that the following table sets forth the quarterly range of sale prices for the Company’s common stock during the years 2017 and 2018.
On January 1, 2017, a $.30 per share cash dividend was declared and on July 1, 2017 a $.35 per share cash dividend was declared and paid to shareholders of record on those dates. On January 1, 2018, a $.35 per share cash dividend was declared and on July 1, 2018, a $.55 per share cash dividend was declared and paid to shareholders of record on those dates. Future dividends will be dependent upon the Company’s profitability, its capital needs, overall financial condition and economic and regulatory considerations.
Stock Prices  
2017
High

 
Low

First Quarter
$
43.00

*
$
40.75

Second Quarter
$
42.75

 
$
41.75

Third Quarter
$
44.00

*
$
42.75

Fourth Quarter
$
100.00

*
$
43.75

2018
High

 
Low

First Quarter
$
46.00

 
$
44.75

Second Quarter
$
125.00

*
$
46.00

Third Quarter
$
48.50

 
$
47.25

Fourth Quarter
$
50.00

*
$
48.50

*Represents one transaction of 2,400 shares during the first quarter of 2017, one transaction of 3,395 shares during the third quarter of 2017, one transaction of 100 shares during the fourth quarter of 2017, one transaction of 21 shares during the second quarter of 2018, and one transaction of 20 shares during the fourth quarter of 2018 of which the Company is aware where the sale prices was at least $0.25 higher than any other trade during the quarter. The volume weighted average stock price during the first quarter of 2017 was $41.17 and the volume weighted average stock price during the third quarter of 2017 and fourth quarter of 2017 was $42.90 and $44.48, respectively. The volume weighted average stock price during the second quarter of 2018 was $46.46 and the volume weighted average stock price during the fourth quarter of 2018 was $48.65.

Annual Meeting and Information Contacts
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held in the Main Office of Wilson Bank Holding Company at 7:00 P.M., April 23, 2019 at 623 West Main Street, Lebanon, Tennessee.
For further information concerning Wilson Bank Holding Company or Wilson Bank & Trust, or to obtain a copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which is available without charge to shareholders, please contact Lisa Pominski, CFO, Wilson Bank & Trust, P.O. Box 768, Lebanon, Tennessee 37088-0768, phone (615) 443-6612.




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (UNAUDITED)

 
In Thousands, Except Per Share Information
 
As Of December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets end of year
$
2,543,682

 
$
2,317,033

 
2,198,051

 
2,021,604

 
1,873,242

Loans, net
$
2,016,005

 
$
1,727,253

 
1,667,088

 
1,443,179

 
1,329,865

Securities
$
285,252

 
$
365,196

 
349,209

 
359,323

 
374,543

Deposits
$
2,235,655

 
$
2,037,745

 
1,942,135

 
1,789,850

 
1,660,270

Stockholders’ equity
$
295,667

 
$
267,730

 
244,620

 
223,438

 
200,892

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
$
103,525

 
91,020

 
84,746

 
78,839

 
74,380

Interest expense
14,018

 
8,889

 
8,284

 
8,608

 
9,768

Net interest income
89,507

 
82,131

 
76,462

 
70,231

 
64,612

Provision for loan losses
4,298

 
1,681

 
379

 
388

 
498

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
85,209

 
80,450

 
76,083

 
69,843

 
64,114

Non-interest income
25,248

 
22,821

 
21,654

 
19,941

 
16,678

Non-interest expense
69,080

 
60,391

 
57,263

 
52,159

 
47,705

Earnings before income taxes
41,377

 
42,880

 
40,474

 
37,625

 
33,087

Income taxes
8,783

 
19,354

 
14,841

 
13,762

 
12,310

Net earnings
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

 
23,863

 
20,777

Cash dividends declared
$
9,447

 
6,729

 
5,756

 
4,935

 
4,510

PER SHARE DATA:  (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share
$
3.09

 
2.26

 
2.49

 
2.35

 
2.06

Diluted earnings per common share
$
3.08

 
2.26

 
2.49

 
2.35

 
2.06

Cash dividends
$
0.90

 
0.65

 
0.56

 
0.49

 
0.45

Book value
$
27.83

 
25.62

 
23.71

 
21.90

 
19.90

RATIOS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average stockholders’ equity
11.70
%
 
9.06

 
10.80

 
11.17

 
10.95

Return on average assets
1.35
%
 
1.04

 
1.21

 
1.23

 
1.15

Total capital to assets
11.62
%
 
11.55

 
11.13

 
11.05

 
10.72

Dividends declared per share as a percentage of basic earnings per share
29.13
%
 
28.76

 
22.49

 
20.85

 
21.82

(1) Per share data for periods prior to January 1, 2016 have been retroactively adjusted to reflect a 4 for 3 stock split which occurred effective March 30, 2016.















WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2018 and 2017
(With Independent Auditor’s Report Thereon)





REPORTOFINDEPENDENTRE_IMAGE1.JPG
 
Stephen M. Maggart, CPA, ABV, CFF
J. Mark Allen, CPA
Joshua K. Cundiff, CPA
Michael T. Holland, CPA, ABV, CFF
M. Todd Maggart, CPA, ABV, CFF
Michael F. Murphy, CPA
P. Jason Ricciardi, CPA, CGMA
David B. von Dohlen, CPA
T. Keith Wilson, CPA, CITP


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Wilson Bank Holding Company:


Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Wilson Bank Holding Company and Subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive earnings, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatements of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.







                                        
1201 DEMONBREUN STREET ▪ SUITE 1220 ▪ NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE 37203-3140 ▪ (615) 252-6100 ▪ Fax ▪ (615) 252-6105
www.maggartpc.com





To The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Wilson Bank Holding Company:
Page Two



Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.




/s/ MAGGART & ASSOCIATES, P.C.


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1987.



Nashville, Tennessee
February 28, 2019




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2018 and 2017  
 
Dollars in thousands
 
2018
 
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $27,174 and $23,909, respectively
$
2,016,005

 
1,727,253

Securities:
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (market value $32,111)

 
32,480

Available-for-sale, at market (amortized cost $295,683 and $338,449, respectively)
285,252

 
332,716

Total securities
285,252

 
365,196

Loans held for sale
7,484

 
5,106

Interest bearing deposits
80,215

 
83,787

Federal funds sold
9,000

 

Restricted equity securities, at cost
3,012

 
3,012

Total earning assets
2,400,968

 
2,184,354

Cash and due from banks
9,976

 
11,731

Premises and equipment, net
58,363

 
54,215

Accrued interest receivable
6,724

 
6,266

Deferred income taxes
8,901

 
7,424

Other real estate
1,357

 
1,635

Bank owned life insurance
30,952

 
29,475

Goodwill
4,805

 
4,805

Other assets
21,636

 
17,128

Total assets
$
2,543,682

 
2,317,033

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Deposits
$
2,235,655

 
2,037,745

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 
864

Accrued interest and other liabilities
12,360

 
10,694

Total liabilities
2,248,015

 
2,049,303

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Common stock, par value $2.00 per share, authorized 50,000,000 shares, 10,623,810 and 10,450,711 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
21,248

 
20,901

Additional paid-in capital
73,960

 
66,047

Retained earnings
208,164

 
185,017

Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes of $2,726 and $1,498, respectively
(7,705
)
 
(4,235
)
Total stockholders’ equity
295,667

 
267,730

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,543,682

 
2,317,033

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
 
Dollars In Thousands (except per share data)
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans
$
94,917

 
83,120

 
77,024

Interest and dividends on securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable securities
6,158

 
5,397

 
5,714

Exempt from Federal income taxes
1,020

 
1,208

 
1,191

Interest on loans held for sale
184

 
324

 
391

Interest on Federal funds sold
83

 
97

 
26

Interest on interest bearing deposits
979

 
723

 
278

Interest and dividends on restricted equity securities
184

 
151

 
122

Total interest income
103,525

 
91,020

 
84,746

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
1,823

 
1,308

 
1,371

Interest on money market accounts and other savings accounts
4,231

 
2,211

 
1,915

Interest on certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts
7,944

 
5,353

 
4,978

Interest on securities sold under repurchase agreements
16

 
9

 
3

Interest on Federal funds purchased
4

 
8

 
17

Total interest expense
14,018

 
8,889

 
8,284

Net interest income before provision for loan losses
89,507

 
82,131

 
76,462

Provision for loan losses
4,298

 
1,681

 
379

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
85,209

 
80,450

 
76,083

Non-interest income
25,248

 
22,821

 
21,654

Non-interest expense
(69,080
)
 
(60,391
)
 
(57,263
)
Earnings before income taxes
41,377

 
42,880

 
40,474

Income taxes
8,783

 
19,354

 
14,841

Net earnings
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Basic earnings per common share
$
3.09

 
2.26

 
2.49

Diluted earnings per common share
$
3.08

 
2.26

 
2.49

Weighted average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
10,564,172

 
10,407,211

 
10,279,332

Diluted
10,572,221

 
10,412,536

 
10,284,328

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net earnings
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Other comprehensive earnings (losses), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during period, net of taxes of $1,398, $271, and $1,830, respectively
(3,950
)
 
437

 
(2,948
)
Reclassification adjustment for net losses (gains) included in net earnings, net of taxes of $170, $67, and $176, respectively
480

 
108

 
(284
)
Other comprehensive earnings (losses)
(3,470
)
 
545

 
(3,232
)
Comprehensive earnings
$
29,124

 
24,071

 
22,401

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
 
Retained Earnings
 
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) On Available-For-Sale Securities
 
Total
Balance December 31, 2015
$
15,304

 
61,339

 
147,646

 
(851
)
 
223,438

Cash dividends declared, $.56 per share

 

 
(5,756
)
 

 
(5,756
)
Issuance of 98,318 shares of common stock pursuant to dividend reinvestment plan
197

 
4,119

 

 

 
4,316

Issuance of 5,120 shares of common stock pursuant to exercise of stock options
10

 
142

 

 

 
152

Issuance of 2,564,091 shares of common stock pursuant to a 4 for 3 stock split
5,128

 
(5,128
)
 

 

 

Share based compensation expense

 
69

 

 

 
69

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale securities during the year, net of taxes of $2,006

 

 

 
(3,232
)
 
(3,232
)
Net earnings for the year

 

 
25,633

 

 
25,633

Balance December 31, 2016
20,639

 
60,541

 
167,523

 
(4,083
)
 
244,620

Cash dividends declared, $.65 per share

 

 
(6,729
)
 

 
(6,729
)
Issuance of 125,960 shares of common stock pursuant to dividend reinvestment plan
252

 
5,014

 

 

 
5,266

Issuance of 5,078 shares of common stock pursuant to exercise of stock options
10

 
142

 

 

 
152

Reclassification of deferred tax asset revaluation

 

 
697

 
(697
)
 

Share based compensation expense

 
350

 

 

 
350

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale securities during the year, net of taxes of $338

 

 

 
545

 
545

Net earnings for the year

 

 
23,526

 

 
23,526

Balance December 31, 2017
20,901

 
66,047

 
185,017

 
(4,235
)
 
267,730

Cash dividends declared, $.90 per share

 

 
(9,447
)
 

 
(9,447
)
Issuance of 161,514 shares of common stock pursuant to dividend reinvestment plan
324

 
7,146

 

 

 
7,470

Issuance of 11,585 shares of common stock pursuant to exercise of stock options
23

 
371

 

 

 
394

Share based compensation expense

 
396

 

 

 
396

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale securities during the year, net of taxes of $1,228

 

 

 
(3,470
)
 
(3,470
)
Net earnings for the year

 

 
32,594

 

 
32,594

Balance December 31, 2018
$
21,248

 
73,960

 
208,164

 
(7,705
)
 
295,667


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest received
$
105,318

 
93,506

 
86,641

Fees and other income received
20,503

 
17,876

 
16,029

Proceeds from sales of loans
131,321

 
149,775

 
160,816

Origination of loans held for sale
(129,060
)
 
(135,835
)
 
(161,114
)
Interest paid
(12,565
)
 
(8,612
)
 
(8,278
)
Cash paid to suppliers and employees
(64,186
)
 
(57,643
)
 
(53,454
)
Income taxes paid
(10,558
)
 
(16,400
)
 
(13,837
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
40,773

 
42,667

 
26,803

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of available-for-sale securities
(9,118
)
 
(96,180
)
 
(181,285
)
Proceeds from calls, maturities and paydowns of available-for-sale securities
36,955

 
38,839

 
102,596

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities
35,093

 
35,555

 
90,007

Purchase of held-to-maturity securities

 

 
(11,479
)
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of held-to-maturity securities
4,651

 
3,859

 
2,742

Proceeds from sale of held-to-maturity securities
4,764

 

 

Loans made to customers, net of repayments
(293,655
)
 
(61,826
)
 
(223,950
)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance and annuity contracts
(4,301
)
 

 
(11,916
)
Purchase of bank premises and equipment
(7,752
)
 
(12,660
)
 
(5,147
)
Proceeds from sale of other assets
4

 
43

 
15

Proceeds from sale of other real estate
796

 
2,876

 
581

Net cash used in investing activities
(232,563
)
 
(89,494
)
 
(237,836
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in non-interest bearing, savings, NOW and money market deposit accounts
101,248

 
87,116

 
158,775

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
96,662

 
8,494

 
(6,490
)
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(864
)
 
128

 
(1,299
)
Dividends paid
(9,447
)
 
(6,729
)
 
(5,756
)
Proceeds from sale of common stock pursuant to dividend reinvestment
7,470

 
5,266

 
4,316

Proceeds from sale of common stock pursuant to exercise of stock options
394

 
152

 
152

Net cash provided by financing activities
195,463

 
94,427

 
149,698

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
3,673

 
47,600

 
(61,335
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
95,518

 
47,918

 
109,253

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
99,191

 
95,518

 
47,918

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Reconciliation of net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
5,853

 
5,507

 
5,515

Provision for loan losses
4,298

 
1,681

 
379

Share-based compensation expense
1,237

 
692

 
69

Provision for deferred tax expense (benefit)
(248
)
 
(607
)
 
(164
)
Revaluation of deferred tax assets due to change in tax rates

 
3,603

 

Loss (gain) on sales of other real estate, net
80

 
(6
)
 
(52
)
Loss on sales of other assets
3

 
15

 
1

Loss on sales of premises and equipment
2

 

 
73

Security loss (gain)
650

 
175

 
(460
)
Decrease (increase) in loans held for sale
(2,378
)
 
9,682

 
(4,653
)
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable
(1,526
)
 
(42
)
 
1,168

Increase in other assets, bank owned life insurance and annuity contract earnings
(1,684
)
 
(1,231
)
 
(2,408
)
Increase in accrued interest receivable
(458
)
 
(162
)
 
(860
)
Increase in interest payable
1,453

 
277

 
6

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
897

 
(443
)
 
2,556

Total adjustments
8,179

 
19,141

 
1,170

Net cash provided by operating activities
$
40,773

 
42,667

 
26,803

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in fair value of securities available-for-sale, net of taxes of $1,228 in 2018, $338 in 2017, and $2,006 in 2016
$
(3,470
)
 
545

 
(3,232
)
Non-cash transfers from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale securities
$
22,800

 

 

Non-cash transfers from loans to other real estate
$
693

 
173

 
696

Non-cash transfers from other real estate to loans
$
95

 
195

 
1,050

Non-cash transfers from loans to other assets
$
7

 
2

 
16

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016


(1)
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The accounting and reporting policies of Wilson Bank Holding Company (“the Company”) and Wilson Bank & Trust (“Wilson Bank”) are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The following is a brief summary of the significant policies.
(a)
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary Wilson Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
(b)
Nature of Operations
Wilson Bank operates under a state bank charter and provides full banking services. As a state-chartered bank that is not a member of the Federal Reserve, Wilson Bank is subject to regulations of the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The areas served by Wilson Bank include Wilson County, DeKalb County, Rutherford County, Smith County, Trousdale County, Putnam County, Sumner County, Davidson County and Williamson County, Tennessee and surrounding counties in Middle Tennessee. Services are provided at the main office and twenty-eight branch locations.
(c)
Estimates
In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of deferred tax assets and other real estate, other-than-temporary impairments of securities, and the fair value of financial instruments.
(d)
Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
  Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within Middle Tennessee. The types of securities in which the Company invests are described in note 3. The types of lending in which the Company engages are described in note 2. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer other than as disclosed in note 2.
Residential 1-4 family, commercial real estate and construction mortgage loans, represented 22% , 34% and 25% and 23% , 38% and 22% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.  
(e)
Loans
The Company grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans throughout Middle Tennessee. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for unearned income, the allowance for loan losses, and any unamortized deferred fees or costs on originated loans, and premiums or discounts on purchased loans.
Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized on a straight line basis over the respective term of the loan.
As part of its routine credit monitoring process, the Company performs regular credit reviews of the loan portfolio and loans receive risk ratings by the assigned credit officer, which are subject to validation by our independent loan review department. Risk ratings are categorized as pass, special mention, substandard or doubtful. The Company believes that its categories follow those outlined by Wilson Bank's primary federal regulator.
Generally the accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Credit card loans and other personal loans are typically charged off no later than when they become 180 days past due. Past due status is based on contractual terms


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
(f)
Allowance for Loan Losses
Management provides for loan losses by establishing an allowance. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a quarterly basis by management and is based upon management’s quarterly review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, we also consider the results of our ongoing independent loan review process. We undertake this process both to ascertain whether there are loans in the portfolio whose credit quality has weakened over time and to assist in our overall evaluation of the risk characteristics of the entire loan portfolio. Our loan review process includes the judgment of management, independent loan reviewers, and reviews that may have been conducted by third-party reviewers. We incorporate relevant loan review results in the loan impairment determination. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to record adjustments to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
In addition to the independent loan review process, the aforementioned risk ratings are subject to continual review by loan officers to determine that the appropriate risk ratings are being utilized in our allowance for loan loss process. Each risk rating is also subject to review by our independent loan review department. Currently, our independent loan review department targets reviews of 100% of existing loan relationships with aggregate debt of $1.0 million and greater and new loans with aggregate debt of $500,000 and greater. In addition, our independent loan review department targets particular portfolio segments, loans assigned to a particular lending officer, and loans with four or more renewals.  
The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are individually classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience, historical loan loss factors, loss experience of various loan segments, and other adjustments based on management’s assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, mortgage and agricultural loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(g)
Debt and Equity Securities
Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Trading securities are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included in earnings. Securities not classified as held to maturity or trading, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value based on available market prices, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income on an after-tax basis. Securities classified as “available for sale” are held for indefinite periods of time and may be sold in response to movements in market interest rates, changes in the maturity or mix of Company assets and liabilities or demand for liquidity. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.
Other-than-temporary Impairment —Impaired securities are assessed quarterly for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). A decline in the fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below cost that is deemed to be other-than-temporary results in a reduction in the carrying amount of the security. To determine whether OTTI has occurred, management considers factors such as (1) length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospectus of the issuer, and (3) Wilson Bank’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. If management deems a security to be OTTI, management reviews the present value of the future cash flows associated with the security. A shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is referred to as a credit loss. If a credit loss is identified, the credit loss is recognized as a charge to earnings and a new cost basis for the security is established. If management concludes that no credit loss exists and it is not “more-likely-than-not” that it will be required to sell the security before the recovery of the security’s cost basis, then the security is not deemed OTTI and the shortfall is recorded as a component of equity.
No securities have been classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2018 .
(h)
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Company, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) Cincinnati system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB. Based on redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at par value, which approximates its fair value. Management reviews the investment for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLB stock. As of December 31, 2018 , this minimum required investment was valued at approximately $2.8 million. Stock redemptions are at the discretion of the FHLB.  
(i)
Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.
(j)
Premises and Equipment
  Premises and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Gains or losses realized on items retired and otherwise disposed of are credited or charged to operations and cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts.
Expenditures for major renovations and improvements of premises and equipment are capitalized and those for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred.
(k)
Other Real Estate
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less the estimated cost to sell at the date the Company acquires the property, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to their acquisition by the Company, valuations of these assets are periodically performed by management, and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance  [i.e. any direct write-downs]  are included within non-interest expense.




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(l)
Intangible Assets
The Financial Accounting Standards Board “FASB” Accounting Standards Codification “ASC” 350,  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets requires that management determine the allocation of intangible assets into identifiable groups at the date of acquisition and that appropriate amortization periods be established. Under the provisions of FASB ASC 350, goodwill is not to be amortized; rather, it is to be monitored for impairment and written down to the impairment value at the time impairment occurs. The Company has determined that no impairment loss needs to be recognized related to its goodwill.  
(m)
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and Federal funds sold. Generally, Federal funds sold are purchased and sold for one day periods. Management makes deposits only with financial institutions it considers to be financially sound.  
(n)
Long-Term Assets
Premises and equipment, intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
(o)
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Substantially all repurchase agreement liabilities represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are pledged to cover these liabilities, which are not covered by Federal deposit insurance.
(p)
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for Income Taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (FASB ASC 740,  Income Taxes ). The Company follows accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions.
The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term "more likely than not" means a likelihood of more than 50 percent . The terms "examined" and "upon examination" also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.  
(q)
Mortgage Banking Derivatives
Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. The fair value of the interest rate lock is recorded at the time the commitment to fund the mortgage loan is executed and is adjusted for the expected exercise of the commitment before the loan is funded. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest rate on the loan is locked. The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in net gains on sale of mortgage loans.
(r)
Equity-Based Incentives
Stock compensation accounting guidance (FASB ASC 718, “ Compensation—Stock Compensation” ) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. The stock compensation accounting guidance covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, cash-settled stock appreciation rights (SARs), and employee share purchase plans. Because cash-settled SARs do not give the grantee the choice of receiving stock, all cash-settled SARs are accounted for as liabilities, not equity, as compensation is accrued over the requisite service period.
The stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options and cash-settled SARs.
(s)
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred by the Company and totaled $2,552,000 , $2,326,000 and $2,310,000 for 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.  
(t)
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional potential common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method.
(u)
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 21 - Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments of the consolidated financial statements. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
(v)
Reclassification
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2017 and 2016 figures to conform to the presentation for 2018 .  
(w)
Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, Wilson Bank has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.  
(x)
Stock Split
The Company paid a 4 for 3 stock split to stockholders on March 30, 2016. Each stockholder received four (4) shares of common stock for each three (3) shares owned with no allowance for fractional shares. Per share data and stock options included in these financial statements for periods prior to 2017 has been restated to give effect to the stock split.
(y)
Accounting Standard Updates
Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. Our revenue is primarily comprised of net interest income on financial assets and financial liabilities, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of ASU 2014-09. Because of this, our adoption of this Standard in the first quarter of 2018 did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)." The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. As a result of the amendment, lessees will need to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for virtually all of their leases (other than leases that meet the definition of a short-term lease). The liability will be equal to the present value of lease payments. The asset will be based on the liability, subject to adjustments, such as adjustments for initial direct costs. For income statement purposes, FASB retained a dual model, requiring leases to be classified as either operating or finance. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense (similar to current operating leases) while finance leases will result in a front-loaded expense pattern (similar to current capital leases). Classification will be based on criteria that are largely similar to those applied in current lease accounting, but without explicit bright lines. Based on preliminary estimates made by management, we expect to record a right-of-use asset and offsetting lease liability in the amount of $2.5 million during the first quarter of 2019.
In June 2016, FASB  issued ASU 2016-13, "Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments."  ASU 2016-13 requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts and requires enhanced disclosures related to the significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of an organization’s portfolio. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on held-to-maturity debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. ASU 2016-13 will be effective on January 1, 2020. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2016-13 on our financial statements. We are also evaluating the sufficiency of current systems and data needed to comply with this ASU. While we are currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, we expect that the impact of adoption will be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of our loan and securities portfolios as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts as of the adoption date.
In August 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.” ASU 2016-15 clarifies how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230. The update addresses eight specific cash flow issues including, but not limited to, proceeds from the settlement of bank-owned life insurance policies, with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 was effective on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In January 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test which required entities to compute the implied fair value of goodwill. Under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us on January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted for interim or annual impairment tests beginning in 2017. ASU 2017-04 is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In March 2017, FASB issued ASU 2017-08, “Receivables -  Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20) - Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.” ASU 2017-08 provides guidance on the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium. This update shortens the amortization period for the premium to the earliest call date. Under current generally accepted accounting principles, entities generally amortize the premium as an adjustment of yield over the contractual life of the instrument related to certain cash flow issues. ASU 2017-08 will be effective for us on January 1, 2019. We do not expect this update to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In February 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-02, "Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." Under ASU 2018-02, entities may elect to reclassify certain income tax effects related to the change in the U.S. statutory federal income


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017, from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. ASU 2018-02 also requires certain accounting policy disclosures. We elected to adopt the provisions of ASU 2018-02 for the year ended December 31, 2018 in advance of the required application date of January 1, 2019. See Note 10 - Income Taxes.
In March 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-05, "Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 118. ASU 2018-05 amends the Accounting Standards Codification to incorporate various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SAB 118. SAB 118 addresses the application of generally accepted accounting principles in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. See Note 10 - Income Taxes.
In August 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-13, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement." ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820. The amendments in this update remove disclosures that no longer are considered cost beneficial, modify/clarify the specific requirements of certain disclosures, and add disclosure requirements identified as relevant. ASU 2018-13 will be effective for us on January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted, and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
Other than those previously discussed, there were no other recently issued accounting pronouncements that may materially impact the Company.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(2)
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
The classification of loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:  
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Mortgage loans on real estate:
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
460,692

 
406,667

Multifamily
134,613

 
91,992

Commercial
701,055

 
661,223

Construction
518,245

 
392,039

Farmland
24,071

 
34,212

Second mortgages
11,197

 
8,952

Equity lines of credit
62,013

 
60,650

Total mortgage loans on real estate
1,911,886

 
1,655,735

Commercial loans
78,245

 
47,939

Agricultural loans
1,985

 
1,665

Consumer installment loans:
 
 
 
Personal
45,072

 
40,155

Credit cards
3,687

 
3,385

Total consumer installment loans
48,759

 
43,540

Other loans
9,324

 
9,662

 
2,050,199

 
1,758,541

Net deferred loan fees
(7,020
)
 
(7,379
)
Total loans
2,043,179

 
1,751,162

Less: Allowance for loan losses
(27,174
)
 
(23,909
)
Loans, net
$
2,016,005

 
1,727,253

At December 31, 2018 , variable rate and fixed rate loans totaled $1,495,918,000 and $554,281,000 , respectively. At December 31, 2017 , variable rate and fixed rate loans totaled $1,252,794,000 and $505,747,000 , respectively.
In the normal course of business, Wilson Bank has made loans at prevailing interest rates and terms to directors and executive officers of the Company and to their affiliates. The aggregate amount of these loans was $13,019,000 and $7,759,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. None of these loans were restructured, charged-off or involved more than the normal risk of collectibility or presented other unfavorable features during the three years ended December 31, 2018 .
An analysis of the activity with respect to such loans to related parties is as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Balance, January 1
$
7,759

 
9,692

New loans and renewals during the year
17,278

 
15,299

Repayments (including loans paid by renewal) during the year
(12,018
)
 
(17,232
)
Balance, December 31
$
13,019

 
7,759









WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Construction and land development: Loans for non-owner-occupied real estate construction or land development are generally repaid through cash flow related to the operation, sale or refinance of the property. The Company also finances construction loans for owner-occupied properties. A portion of the Company’s construction and land portfolio segment is comprised of loans secured by residential product types (residential land and single-family construction). With respect to construction loans to developers and builders that are secured by non-owner occupied properties that the Company may originate from time to time, the Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a proven record of success. Construction and land development loans are underwritten utilizing independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates, market sales activity, and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the complete project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

1-4 family residential real estate: Residential real estate loans represent loans to consumers or investors to finance a residence. These loans are typically financed on 15 to 30 year amortization terms, but generally with shorter maturities of 5 to 15 years . Many of these loans are extended to borrowers to finance their primary or secondary residence. Loans to an investor secured by a 1-4 family residence will be repaid from either the rental income from the property or from the sale of the property. This loan segment also includes closed-end home equity loans that are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence. This allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home. Loans in this portfolio segment are underwritten and approved based on a number of credit quality criteria including limits on maximum Loan-to-Value (LTV), minimum credit scores, and maximum debt to income. Real estate market values as of the time the loan is made directly affect the amount of credit extended and, in addition, changes in these residential property values impact the depth of potential losses in this portfolio segment.

1-4 family HELOC: This loan segment includes open-end home equity loans that are secured by a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s residence. This allows customers to borrow against the equity in their home utilizing a revolving line of credit. These loans are underwritten and approved based on a number of credit quality criteria including limits on maximum LTV, minimum credit scores, and maximum debt to income. Real estate market values as of the time the loan is made directly affect the amount of credit extended and, in addition, changes in these residential property values impact the depth of potential losses in this portfolio segment. Because of the revolving nature of these loans, as well as the fact that many represent second mortgages, this portfolio segment can contain more risk than the amortizing 1-4 family residential real estate loans.

Multi-family and commercial real estate: Multi-family and commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial and industrial loans, in addition to those of real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate.

Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type. This diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single market or industry. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. The Company also utilizes third-party experts to provide insight and guidance about economic conditions and trends affecting the market areas it serves. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans are loans secured by multifamily and commercial properties where the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property (that is, loans for which 50 percent or more of the source of repayment comes from
third party, nonaffiliated rental income) or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. These loans are made to finance income-producing properties such as apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings,


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

and retail properties. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are loans where the primary source of repayment is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and business activities conducted by the party, or affiliate of the party, who owns the property.

Commercial and industrial: The commercial and industrial loan portfolio segment includes commercial and industrial loans to commercial customers for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases or other expansion projects. Collection risk in this portfolio is driven by the creditworthiness of underlying borrowers, particularly cash flow from customers’ business operations. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and usually incorporates a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

Consumer: The consumer loan portfolio segment includes non-real estate secured direct loans to consumers for household, family, and other personal expenditures. Consumer loans may be secured or unsecured and are usually structured with short or medium term maturities. These loans are underwritten and approved based on a number of consumer credit quality criteria including limits on maximum LTV on secured consumer loans, minimum credit scores, and maximum debt to income. Many traditional forms of consumer installment credit have standard monthly payments and fixed repayment schedules of one to five years. These loans are made with either fixed or variable interest rates that are based on specific indices. Installment loans fill a variety of needs, such as financing the purchase of an automobile, a boat, a recreational vehicle or other large personal items, or for consolidating debt. These loans may be unsecured or secured by an assignment of title, as in an automobile loan, or by money in a bank account. In addition to consumer installment loans, this portfolio segment also includes secured and unsecured personal lines of credit as well as overdraft protection lines. Loans in this portfolio segment are sensitive to unemployment and other key consumer economic measures.

    
A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC 310), when based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming loans but also include loans modified in troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection. Substantially all of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent.

The following tables, present the Company’s impaired loans at December 31, 2018 and 2017 :


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
1,196

 
1,795

 

 
1,862

 
42

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
317

 
316

 

 
320

 
16

Construction
690

 
686

 

 
822

 
42

Farmland

 

 

 
233

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
2,203

 
2,797

 

 
3,237

 
100

 
In Thousands
 
Record Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
1,641

 
1,635

 
852

 
1,782

 
77

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
1,515

 
1,515

 
312

 
2,001

 
17

Construction

 

 

 

 

Farmland

 

 

 

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
3,156

 
3,150

 
1,164

 
3,783

 
94



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
2,837

 
3,430

 
852

 
3,644

 
119

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
1,832

 
1,831

 
312

 
2,321

 
33

Construction
690

 
686

 

 
822

 
42

Farmland

 

 

 
233

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
5,359

 
5,947

 
1,164

 
7,020

 
194

 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
2,314

 
2,322

 

 
742

 
103

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
893

 
889

 

 
902

 
39

Construction
1,185

 
1,182

 

 
1,354

 
64

Farmland

 

 

 
26

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
4,392

 
4,393

 

 
3,024

 
206



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
409

 
581

 
136

 
461

 
29

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
2,157

 
2,157

 
291

 
2,894

 
17

Construction

 

 

 

 

Farmland

 

 

 

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
2,566

 
2,738

 
427

 
3,355

 
46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In Thousands
 
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Related Allowance
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
2,723

 
2,903

 
136

 
1,203

 
132

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
3,050

 
3,046

 
291

 
3,796

 
56

Construction
1,185

 
1,182

 

 
1,354

 
64

Farmland

 

 

 
26

 

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 

 

 

 

 
$
6,958

 
7,131

 
427

 
6,379

 
252



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

The following tables present the Company’s nonaccrual loans, credit quality indicators and past due loans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 .
Loans on Nonaccrual Status
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Residential 1-4 family
$
948

 

Multifamily

 

Commercial real estate
1,102

 
1,729

Construction

 

Farmland

 
310

Second mortgages

 

Equity lines of credit

 

Commercial

 

Agricultural, installment and other

 
1

Total
$
2,050

 
2,040

The impact on net interest income for these loans was not material to the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016.
Potential problem loans, which include nonperforming loans, amounted to approximately $12.0 million at December 31, 2018 compared to $16.2 million at December 31, 2017 . Potential problem loans represent those loans with a well defined weakness and where information about possible credit problems of borrowers has caused management to have serious doubts about the borrower’s ability to comply with present repayment terms. This definition is believed to be substantially consistent with the standards established by the FDIC, the Company’s primary federal regulator, for loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful, excluding the impact of nonperforming loans.
The following table presents our loan balances by primary loan classification and the amount classified within each risk rating category. Pass rated loans include all credits other than those included in special mention, substandard and doubtful which are defined as follows:
Special mention loans have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the Company’s credit position at some future date.
Substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize liquidation of the debt. Substandard loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful loans have all the characteristics of substandard loans with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The Company considers all doubtful loans to be impaired and places the loans on nonaccrual status.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Credit Quality Indicators
 
In Thousands
 
Residential
1-4 Family
 
Multifamily
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Construction
 
Farmland
 
Second
Mortgages
 
Equity Lines
of Credit
 
Commercial
 
Agricultural,
Installment
and Other
 
Total
Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
452,411

 
134,613

 
698,083

 
518,123

 
23,895

 
10,979

 
61,927

 
78,206

 
59,923

 
2,038,160

Special mention
3,949

 

 
1,690

 
64

 
112

 
179

 

 
39

 
78

 
6,111

Substandard
4,332

 

 
1,282

 
58

 
64

 
39

 
86

 

 
67

 
5,928

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
460,692

 
134,613

 
701,055

 
518,245

 
24,071

 
11,197

 
62,013

 
78,245

 
60,068

 
2,050,199

December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
395,664

 
91,992

 
657,456

 
391,778

 
33,500

 
8,765

 
60,553

 
47,937

 
54,697

 
1,742,342

Special mention
5,677

 

 
646

 
84

 
125

 
43

 
41

 
2

 
77

 
6,695

Substandard
5,326

 

 
3,121

 
177

 
587

 
144

 
56

 

 
93

 
9,504

Doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
406,667

 
91,992

 
661,223

 
392,039

 
34,212

 
8,952

 
60,650

 
47,939

 
54,867

 
1,758,541



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans
 
In Thousands
 
30-59
Days
Past Due
 
60-89
Days
Past Due
 
Nonaccrual
and
Greater
Than
90 Days
 
Total
Nonaccrual
and
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total Loans
 
Recorded
Investment
Greater Than
90 Days and
Accruing
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
3,258

 
1,092

 
1,868

 
6,218

 
454,474

 
460,692

 
920

Multifamily

 

 

 

 
134,613

 
134,613

 

Commercial real estate
312

 
109

 
1,174

 
1,595

 
699,460

 
701,055

 
72

Construction
1,567

 
26

 
32

 
1,625

 
516,620

 
518,245

 
32

Farmland
43

 
9

 
21

 
73

 
23,998

 
24,071

 
21

Second mortgages
333

 

 

 
333

 
10,864

 
11,197

 

Equity lines of credit
297

 

 
45

 
342

 
61,671

 
62,013

 
45

Commercial
93

 

 
24

 
117

 
78,128

 
78,245

 
24

Agricultural, installment and other
407

 
85

 
95

 
587

 
59,481

 
60,068

 
95

Total
$
6,310

 
1,321

 
3,259

 
10,890

 
2,039,309

 
2,050,199

 
1,209

December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
$
3,631

 
524

 
673

 
4,828

 
401,839

 
406,667

 
673

Multifamily

 

 

 

 
91,992

 
91,992

 

Commercial real estate

 
83

 
1,729

 
1,812

 
659,411

 
661,223

 

Construction
433

 

 
113

 
546

 
391,493

 
392,039

 
113

Farmland
112

 

 
310

 
422

 
33,790

 
34,212

 

Second mortgages

 

 
2

 
2

 
8,950

 
8,952

 
2

Equity lines of credit

 

 
41

 
41

 
60,609

 
60,650

 
41

Commercial
2

 
137

 

 
139

 
47,800

 
47,939

 

Agricultural, installment and other
432

 
57

 
149

 
638

 
54,229

 
54,867

 
148

Total
$
4,610

 
801

 
3,017

 
8,428

 
1,750,113

 
1,758,541

 
977

 


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
Residential
1-4 Family
 
Multifamily
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Construction
 
Farmland
 
Second
Mortgages
 
Equity Lines
of Credit
 
Commercial
 
Agricultural,
Installment
and Other
 
Total
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
5,156

 
1,011

 
9,267

 
6,094

 
487

 
94

 
723

 
401

 
676

 
23,909

Provision
1,568

 
470

 
436

 
921

 
(266
)
 
24

 
7

 
218

 
920

 
4,298

Charge-offs
(492
)
 

 

 
(19
)
 

 

 

 

 
(1,152
)
 
(1,663
)
Recoveries
65

 

 
50

 
88

 

 

 
1

 
3

 
423

 
630

Ending balance
$
6,297

 
1,481

 
9,753

 
7,084

 
221

 
118

 
731

 
622

 
867

 
27,174

Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
$
852

 

 
312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
1,164

Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$
5,445

 
1,481

 
9,441

 
7,084

 
221

 
118

 
731

 
622

 
867

 
26,010

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance
$
460,692

 
134,613

 
701,055

 
518,245

 
24,071

 
11,197

 
62,013

 
78,245

 
60,068

 
2,050,199

Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
$
2,829

 

 
1,831

 
686

 

 

 

 

 

 
5,346

Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$
457,863

 
134,613

 
699,224

 
517,559

 
24,071

 
11,197

 
62,013

 
78,245

 
60,068

 
2,044,853



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
In thousands
 
Residential
1-4 Family
 
Multifamily
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Construction
 
Farmland
 
Second
Mortgages
 
Equity Lines
of Credit
 
Commercial
 
Agricultural,
Installment
and Other
 
Total
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
4,571

 
839

 
9,541

 
5,387

 
658

 
112

 
675

 
386

 
562

 
22,731

Provision
675

 
172

 
(414
)
 
586

 
(168
)
 
(10
)
 
45

 
9

 
786

 
1,681

Charge-offs
(118
)
 

 

 

 
(3
)
 
(11
)
 

 

 
(1,090
)
 
(1,222
)
Recoveries
28

 

 
140

 
121

 

 
3

 
3

 
6

 
418

 
719

Ending balance
$
5,156

 
1,011

 
9,267

 
6,094

 
487

 
94

 
723

 
401

 
676

 
23,909

Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
$
136

 

 
291

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
427

Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$
5,020

 
1,011

 
8,976

 
6,094

 
487

 
94

 
723

 
401

 
676

 
23,482

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance
$
406,667

 
91,992

 
661,223

 
392,039

 
34,212

 
8,952

 
60,650

 
47,939

 
54,867

 
1,758,541

Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
$
2,678

 

 
3,046

 
1,182

 

 

 

 

 

 
6,906

Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$
403,989

 
91,992

 
658,177

 
390,857

 
34,212

 
8,952

 
60,650

 
47,939

 
54,867

 
1,751,635

The Company’s loan portfolio includes certain loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring (TDR), where economic concessions have been granted to borrowers who have experienced or are expected to experience financial difficulties. The concessions typically result from the Company’s loss mitigation activities and could include reductions in the interest rate, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions. Certain TDRs are classified as nonperforming at the time of restructure and may only be returned to performing status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally six months.
The following table summarizes the carrying balances of TDRs at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (dollars in thousands):
 
2018
 
2017
Performing TDRs
$
1,676

 
2,250

Nonperforming TDRs
816

 
1,834

Total TDRs
$
2,492

 
4,084



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

The following table outlines the amount of each TDR categorized by loan classification for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (dollars in thousands):
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
 
Number
of Contracts
 
Pre
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment,
Net of Related
Allowance
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment,
Net of Related
Allowance
Residential 1-4 family
4

 
$
448

 
$
448

 
6

 
$
610

 
$
535

Multifamily

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

 

 

 

Farmland

 

 

 
1

 
86

 
86

Second mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural, installment and other
2

 
5

 
5

 
1

 
3

 
3

Total
6

 
$
453

 
$
453

 
8

 
$
699

 
$
624

As of December 31, 2018 , the Company did not have any loan previously classified as a TDR default within twelve months of the restructuring. As of December 31, 2017 , the Company had one loan totaling $103,000 previously classified as TDR default within twelve months of the restructuring. A default is defined as an occurrence which violates the terms of the receivable’s contract.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the Company's recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure amounted to $200,000 and $201,000 , respectively.
The Company’s principal customers are primarily in the Middle Tennessee area with a concentration in Wilson County, Tennessee. Credit is extended to businesses and individuals and is evidenced by promissory notes. The terms and conditions of the loans including collateral vary depending upon the purpose of the credit and the borrower’s financial condition.
In 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , the Company originated mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market of $129,060,000 , $135,835,000 and $161,114,000 , respectively. The fees and gain on sale of these loans totaled $4,639,000 , $4,258,000 and $4,355,000 in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. The Company sells loans to third-party investors on a loan-by-loan basis and has not entered into any forward commitments with investors for future bulk sales. All of these loan sales transfer servicing rights to the buyer.
In some instances, Wilson Bank sells loans that contain provisions which permit the buyer to seek recourse against Wilson Bank in certain circumstances. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , total mortgage loans sold with recourse in the secondary market aggregated $94,801,000 and $105,308,000 , respectively. At December 31, 2018 , Wilson Bank has not been required to repurchase a significant amount of the mortgage loans originated by Wilson Bank and sold in the secondary market. Management expects no material losses to result from these recourse provisions.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(3)
Debt and Equity Securities
Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheet according to management’s intent. Debt and equity securities at December 31, 2018 consist of the following:
 
Securities Available-For-Sale
 
In Thousands
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$
71,446

 

 
2,979

 
68,467

Mortgage-backed securities
152,375

 
9

 
4,874

 
147,510

Asset-backed securities
22,534

 
10

 
844

 
21,700

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
49,328

 
22

 
1,775

 
47,575

 
$
295,683

 
41

 
10,472

 
285,252


There were no debt and equity securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2018 , the Company sold securities classified as held-to-maturity with a book value of $4,843,000 for a loss of $79,000 . Due to the sale, management determined the Company no longer had the intent to hold the remaining securities classified as held-to-maturity to their respective maturity dates and transferred the remaining book value of $22,800,000 to the available-for-sale classification.
The Company’s classification of securities at December 31, 2017 was as follows:
 
Securities Held-To-Maturity
 
In Thousands
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
Mortgage-backed securities
$
9,886

 
31

 
156

 
9,761

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
22,594

 
66

 
310

 
22,350

 
$
32,480

 
97

 
466

 
32,111

 
 
Securities Available-For-Sale
 
In Thousands
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Estimated
Market
Value
Government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs)
$
74,690

 
4

 
1,714

 
72,980

Mortgage-backed securities
200,175

 
302

 
2,551

 
197,926

Asset-backed securities
26,387

 

 
789

 
25,598

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
37,197

 
7

 
992

 
36,212

 
$
338,449

 
313

 
6,046

 
332,716

Included in mortgage-backed securities are collateralized mortgage obligations totaling $11,564,000 (fair value of $11,295,000 ) and $17,361,000 (fair value of  $17,133,000 ) at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2018 , by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities of mortgage and asset-backed securities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
In Thousands
Securities Available-For-Sale
Amortized Cost
 
Estimated Market Value
Due in one year or less
$
2,230

 
2,234

Due after one year through five years
22,971

 
22,409

Due after five years through ten years
76,604

 
73,184

Due after ten years
18,969

 
18,215

 
120,774

 
116,042

Mortgage and asset-backed securities
174,909

 
169,210

 
$
295,683

 
285,252

Results from sales of debt and equity securities are as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Gross proceeds
$
39,857

 
35,555

 
90,007

Gross realized gains
$
102

 
76

 
716

Gross realized losses
(752
)
 
(251
)
 
(256
)
Net realized gains (losses)
$
(650
)
 
(175
)
 
460

Securities carried on the balance sheet of approximately $260,562,000 (approximate market value of $251,549,000 ) and $213,154,000 (approximate market value of $209,575,000 ) were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
Included in the securities above are $14,154,000 and $10,793,000 (approximate market value of $13,724,000 and $10,219,000 ) and $23,670,000 and $9,464,000 (approximate market value of $23,404,000 and $9,121,000 ) at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, in obligations of political subdivisions located within the State of Tennessee and Texas, respectively. Management purchases only obligations of such political subdivisions it considers to be financially sound.
Securities that have rates that adjust prior to maturity totaled $32,864,000 (approximate market value of $32,217,000 ) and $53,248,000 (approximate market value of $53,040,000 ) at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
Temporarily Impaired Securities
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018 and 2017 .
Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
In Thousands, Except Number of Securities
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
2018
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number
of
Securities
Included
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number
of
Securities
Included
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
Available-for-Sale Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GSEs
$

 
$

 

 
$
68,467

 
$
2,979

 
28

 
$
68,467

 
$
2,979

Mortgage-backed securities
8,651

 
64

 
10

 
137,457

 
4,810

 
94

 
146,108

 
4,874

Asset-backed securities

 

 

 
20,597

 
844

 
14

 
20,597

 
844

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
4,064

 
26

 
6

 
39,841

 
1,749

 
94

 
43,905

 
1,775

 
$
12,715

 
$
90

 
16

 
$
266,362

 
$
10,382

 
230

 
$
279,077

 
$
10,472


 
In Thousands, Except Number of Securities
 
Less than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
2017
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number
of
Securities
Included
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number
of
Securities
Included
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
Held-to-Maturity Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
$
3,316

 
$
21

 
4

 
$
5,206

 
$
135

 
5

 
$
8,522

 
$
156

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
10,137

 
46

 
27

 
7,278

 
264

 
18

 
17,415

 
310

 
$
13,453

 
$
67

 
31

 
$
12,484

 
$
399

 
23

 
$
25,937

 
$
466

Available-for-Sale Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GSEs
$
16,099

 
$
190

 
8

 
$
55,726

 
$
1,524

 
21

 
$
71,825

 
$
1,714

Mortgage-backed securities
92,180

 
769

 
43

 
81,434

 
1,782

 
54

 
173,614

 
2,551

Asset-backed securities
9,087

 
181

 
7

 
16,510

 
608

 
8

 
25,597

 
789

Obligations of states and political subdivisions
12,128

 
113

 
22

 
21,762

 
879

 
56

 
33,890

 
992

 
$
129,494

 
$
1,253

 
80

 
$
175,432

 
$
4,793

 
139

 
$
304,926

 
$
6,046


Declines in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) the intent and our ability to retain our investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in cost.
As of December 31, 2018, management does not have the intent to sell any of the securities classified as available-for-sale in the table above and believes that it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell any such securities before a recovery


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

of cost. Any unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2018, management believes the impairments detailed in the table above are temporary and no impairment loss has been realized in our consolidated statements of earnings.
(4)
Restricted Equity Securities
Restricted equity securities consists of stock of the FHLB of Cincinnati amounting to $3,012,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017 . The stock can be sold back only at par or a value as determined by the issuing institution and only to the respective financial institution or to another member institution. These securities are recorded at cost.
(5)
Premises and Equipment
The detail of premises and equipment at December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Land
$
17,022

 
17,022

Buildings
44,921

 
31,686

Leasehold improvements
492

 
425

Furniture and equipment
12,600

 
12,521

Automobiles
343

 
353

Construction-in-progress
100

 
10,895

 
75,478

 
72,902

Less accumulated depreciation
(17,115
)
 
(18,687
)
 
$
58,363

 
54,215

During 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , payments of $2,633,000 , $5,934,000 and $1,361,000 , respectively, were made to an entity owned by a director for the construction of buildings and repair work on existing buildings.
Depreciation expense was $3,602,000 , $2,859,000 and $2,760,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.

(6)
Acquired Intangible Assets and Goodwill
The Company's intangible assets result from the excess of purchase price over the applicable book value of the net assets acquired related to outside ownership of two previously 50% owned subsidiaries that the Company acquired 100% of in 2005.
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Goodwill:
 
 
 
Balance at January 1,
$
4,805

 
4,805

Goodwill acquired during year

 

Impairment loss

 

Balance at December 31,
$
4,805

 
4,805

 


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(7)
Deposits
Deposits at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Demand deposits
$
254,157

 
239,559

Savings accounts
136,645

 
136,549

Negotiable order of withdrawal accounts
503,435

 
495,930

Money market demand accounts
727,654

 
648,606

Certificates of deposit $250,000 or greater
134,506

 
67,614

Other certificates of deposit
402,690

 
370,608

Individual retirement accounts $250,000 or greater
8,525

 
6,954

Other individual retirement accounts
68,043

 
71,925

 
$
2,235,655

 
2,037,745


Principal maturities of certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts at December 31, 2018 are as follows:
 
(In Thousands)
Maturity
Total
2019
$
290,385

2020
155,006

2021
89,620

2022
21,662

2023
50,328

Thereafter
6,763

 
$
613,764

The aggregate amount of overdrafts reclassified as loans receivable was $496,000 and $531,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , Wilson Bank was not required to maintain a cash balance with the Federal Reserve.

(8)
Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
Securities sold under repurchase agreements was $864,000 at December 31, 2017 . There was no balance outstanding at December 31, 2018 . The maximum amounts of outstanding repurchase agreements at any month end during 2018 and 2017 were $6,831,000 and $1,843,000 , respectively. The average daily balance outstanding during 2018 and 2017 was $1,090,000 and $1,382,000 , respectively. The weighted-average interest rates on the outstanding balance at December 31, 2017 was 1.47% . The underlying securities are typically held by other financial institutions and are designated as pledged.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(9)
Non-Interest Income and Non-Interest Expense
The significant components of non-interest income and non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 are presented below:
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Non-interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
Service charges on deposits
$
6,799

 
$
6,124

 
$
5,769

Other fees and commissions
13,704

 
$
11,752

 
$
10,260

BOLI and annuity earnings
841

 
$
871

 
$
832

Security gains (losses), net
(650
)
 
$
(175
)
 
$
460

Fees and gains on sales of mortgage loans
4,639

 
$
4,258

 
$
4,355

Gain (loss) on sale of other real estate, net
(80
)
 
$
6

 
$
52

Loss on sale of fixed assets, net
(2
)
 
$

 
$
(73
)
Loss on sale of other assets, net
(3
)
 
$
(15
)

$
(1
)
 
$
25,248

 
22,821

 
21,654

 
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Non-interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Employee salaries and benefits
$
39,590

 
35,830

 
34,106

Equity-based compensation
1,237

 
692

 
104

Occupancy expenses
4,403

 
3,718

 
3,638

Furniture and equipment expenses
2,767

 
2,085

 
2,019

Data processing expenses
2,900

 
2,834

 
2,576

Advertising expenses
2,552

 
2,326

 
2,310

ATM & interchange fees
3,091

 
2,569

 
2,475

FDIC insurance
843

 
683

 
968

Directors’ fees
543

 
677

 
691

Other operating expenses
11,154

 
8,977

 
8,376

 
69,080

 
60,391

 
57,263



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(10)
Income Taxes
In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was signed into law. As a result, the statutory corporate federal tax rate was lowered from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the effect of rate changes are to be recorded as an adjustment to income in the year of enactment. As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act being signed into law, the Company revalued all deferred taxes to reflect the new statutory corporate tax rate resulting in a $3,603,000 charge to deferred tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2017. This charge included $697,000 related to unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as a component of equity as other comprehensive income. Management has elected to reclassify the $697,000 expense related to the available-for-sale rate change from retained earnings to other comprehensive income.
The components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Deferred tax asset:
 
 
 
Federal
$
9,046

 
7,222

State
2,739

 
2,068

 
11,785

 
9,290

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
 
Federal
(2,167
)
 
(1,402
)
State
(717
)
 
(464
)
 
(2,884
)
 
(1,866
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
8,901

 
7,424

The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred tax assets (liabilities) are:  
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
Financial statement allowance for loan losses in excess of tax allowance
$
6,846

 
5,925

Excess of depreciation deducted for tax purposes over the amounts deducted in the financial statements
(2,557
)
 
(1,539
)
Financial statement deduction for deferred compensation in excess of deduction for tax purposes
1,128

 
1,075

Writedown of other real estate not deductible for income tax purposes until sold
176

 
161

Financial statement income on FHLB stock dividends not recognized for tax purposes
(327
)
 
(327
)
Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale
2,726

 
1,498

Equity based compensation
469

 
178

Other items, net
440

 
453

Net deferred tax asset
$
8,901

 
7,424



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
Federal
 
State
 
Total
2018
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
8,310

 
721

 
9,031

Deferred
(136
)
 
(112
)
 
(248
)
Total
$
8,174

 
609

 
8,783

2017
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
14,004

 
2,354

 
16,358

Deferred
3,205

 
(209
)
 
2,996

Total
$
17,209

 
2,145

 
19,354

2016
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
12,910

 
2,095

 
15,005

Deferred
(136
)
 
(28
)
 
(164
)
Total
$
12,774

 
2,067

 
14,841

A reconciliation of actual income tax expense of $8,783,000 , $19,354,000 and $14,841,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, to the “expected” tax expense (computed by applying the statutory rate of 21% for 2018 and 34% for 2017 and 2016 to earnings before income taxes) is as follows:
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Computed “expected” tax expense
$
8,689

 
14,579

 
13,761

State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit
432

 
1,346

 
1,364

Tax exempt interest, net of interest expense exclusion
(226
)
 
(415
)
 
(401
)
Federal income tax rate in excess of statutory rate related to taxable income over $10 million

 
399

 
370

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance
(177
)
 
(292
)
 
(283
)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
16

 
43

 
40

Equity based compensation expense
(39
)
 
16

 
35

Revaluation of federal deferred tax assets due to change in tax rates

 
3,603

 

Other
88

 
75

 
(45
)
 
$
8,783

 
19,354

 
14,841

Total income tax expense for 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , includes $(170,000) , $(67,000) and $176,000 of expense (benefit) related to the realized gain and loss, respectively, on sale of securities.
As of December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 the Company has not accrued or recognized interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
There were no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018 .
Wilson Bank does not expect that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months . Included in the balance at December 31, 2018 , were approximately $11.8 million of tax positions (deferred tax assets) for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.
The Company and Wilson Bank file income tax returns in the United States (“U.S.”), as well as in the State of Tennessee. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014. The Company’s Federal tax returns have been audited through December 31, 2005 with no changes.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(11)
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
The Company is party to litigation and claims arising in the normal course of business. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, believes that the liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation and claims will not be material to the Company's consolidated financial position.
Wilson Bank leases three branch facilities and land for certain branch facilities and automatic teller machine locations. Future minimum rental payments required under the terms of the noncancellable leases are as follows:
Years Ending December 31,
In Thousands
2019
$
401

2020
399

2021
349

2022
180

2023
85

Thereafter
13

Total rent expense amounted to $362,000 , $215,000 and $204,000 , respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 .
The Company has lines of credit with other financial institutions totaling $53,000,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017 . At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, there was no balance outstanding under these lines of credit.
The Company also has a Cash Management Advance ("CMA") Line of Credit agreement. The CMA is a component of the Company's Blanket Agreement for advances with the FHLB. The purpose of the CMA is to assist with short-term liquidity management. Under the terms of the CMA, the Company may borrow a maximum of $25,000,000 , selecting a variable rate of interest for up to 90 days or a fixed rate for a maximum of 30 days . There were no borrowings outstanding under the CMA at December 31, 2018 or December 31, 2017 .
(12)
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk
The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments consist primarily of commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
 
In Thousands
 
Contract or
Notional Amount
 
2018
 
2017
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
 
 
 
Unused commitments to extend credit
$
582,897

 
605,114

Standby letters of credit
80,165

 
69,156

Total
$
663,062

 
674,270

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to be drawn upon, the total commitment amounts generally represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral normally consists of real property.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. Most guarantees extend from one to two years. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The fair value of standby letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements, the likelihood of the counterparties drawing on such financial instruments and the present creditworthiness of such counterparties. Such commitments have been made on terms which are competitive in the markets in which the Company operates; thus, the fair value of standby letters of credit equals the carrying value for the purposes of this disclosure. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under the guarantees totaled $80.2 million at December 31, 2018.
(13)
Concentration of Credit Risk
Practically all of the Company’s loans, commitments, and commercial and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s market area. Practically all such customers are depositors of Wilson Bank. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 2 - Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses.
Interest bearing deposits totaling $80,215,000 were deposited with four commercial banks.
Federal funds sold in the amount of $9,000,000 were deposited with one commercial bank.
(14)
Employee Benefit Plan
Wilson Bank has in effect a 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) which covers eligible employees. To be eligible an employee must have obtained the age of 20.5 . The provisions of the 401(k) Plan provide for both employee and employer contributions. For the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , Wilson Bank contributed $2,383,000 , $2,145,000 and $2,006,000 , respectively, to the 401(k) Plan.
(15)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Under the terms of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”) holders of common stock may elect to automatically reinvest cash dividends in additional shares of common stock. The Company may elect to sell original issue shares or to purchase shares in the open market for the account of participants. Original issue shares of 161,514 in 2018 , 125,960 in 2017 and 98,318 in 2016 were sold to participants under the terms of the DRIP.
(16)
Regulatory Matters and Restrictions on Dividends
The Company and Wilson Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Wilson Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Wilson Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Wilson Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total, Tier 1 and common equity Tier 1 capital (each as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , that the Company and Wilson Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2018 , the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized Wilson Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed Wilson Bank’s category. To be categorized as well capitalized for purposes of prompt corrective action regulations as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , an institution must have maintained minimum capital ratios as set forth in the following tables and not have been subject to a written agreement, order or directive to maintain a higher capital level. The Company’s and Wilson Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , are presented in the following tables:


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
Actual
 
Regulatory Minimum Capital Requirement with Basel III Capital Conservation Buffer
 
Regulatory Minimum To Be Well Capitalized
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
326,099

 
14.1
%
 
$
227,974

 
9.875
%
 
$
230,860

 
10.0
%
Wilson Bank
323,852

 
14.0

 
227,915

 
9.875

 
230,800

 
10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
298,566

 
12.9

 
181,802

 
7.875

 
138,516

 
6.0

Wilson Bank
296,319

 
12.8

 
181,756

 
7.875

 
184,641

 
8.0

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
298,566

 
12.9

 
147,173

 
6.375

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
296,319

 
12.8

 
147,136

 
6.375

 
150,021

 
6.5

Tier 1 capital to average assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
298,566

 
12.3

 
97,022

 
4.0

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
296,319

 
11.9

 
99,373

 
4.0

 
124,217

 
5.0

 
Actual
 
Regulatory Minimum Capital Requirement with Basel III Capital Conservation Buffer
 
Regulatory Minimum To Be Well Capitalized
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
$
291,395

 
14.2
%
 
$
189,658

 
9.25
%
 
$
205,036

 
10.0
%
Wilson Bank
289,824

 
14.1

 
189,618

 
9.25

 
204,992

 
10.0

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
267,159

 
13.0

 
148,651

 
7.25

 
123,021

 
6.0

Wilson Bank
265,588

 
13.0

 
148,619

 
7.25

 
163,994

 
8.0

Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
267,159

 
13.0

 
117,895

 
5.75

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
265,588

 
13.0

 
117,871

 
5.75

 
133,245

 
6.5

Tier 1 capital to average assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
267,159

 
11.9

 
90,110

 
4.0

 
N/A

 
N/A

Wilson Bank
265,588

 
11.5

 
92,062

 
4.0

 
115,078

 
5.0

In July 2013, the Federal banking regulators, in response to the Statutory Requirements of The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, adopted new regulations implementing the Basel Capital Adequacy Accord (“Basel III”) and the related minimum capital ratios. The new capital requirements were effective beginning January 1, 2015 . The guidelines under Basel III established a 2.5% capital conservation buffer requirement that was phased in over four years beginning January 1, 2016 . The buffer is related to Risk Weighted Assets. In order to avoid limitations on capital distributions such as dividends and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, a banking organization must maintain


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

capital ratios above the minimum ratios including the buffer. The Basel III minimum requirements after giving effect to the buffer as of January 1, of each year presented are as follows:  
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
Common Equity Tier I Ratio
5.125
%
 
5.75
%
 
6.375
%
 
7.0
%
Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Ratio
6.625
%
 
7.25
%
 
7.875
%
 
8.5
%
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Ratio
8.625
%
 
9.25
%
 
9.875
%
 
10.5
%
The requirements of Basel III also place additional restrictions on the inclusion of deferred tax assets and capitalized mortgage servicing rights as a percentage of Tier I Capital. In addition, the risk weights assigned to certain assets such as past due loans and certain real estate loans have been increased.
The requirements of Basel III allow banks and bank holding companies with less than $250 billion in assets a one-time opportunity to opt-out of a requirement to include unrealized gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income in their capital calculation. The Company and Wilson Bank have opted out of this requirement.
In 2018, the U.S. Congress passed, and the President signed into law, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act of 2018 (the “Growth Act”). The Growth Act, among other things, requires the federal banking agencies to issue regulations allowing community bank organizations with total assets of less than $10.0 billion in assets and limited amounts of certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures to access a simpler capital regime focused on a bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital levels rather than risk-based capital levels that are the focus of the capital rules issued under the Dodd-Frank Act implementing Basel III.
In November 2018, the federal banking agencies proposed regulations that would exempt a qualifying community bank and its holding company that have Tier 1 leverage ratios of greater than 9 percent from the risk-based capital requirements of the capital rules issued under the Dodd-Frank Act. A qualifying community banking organization and its holding company that have chosen the proposed framework would not be required to calculate the existing risk-based and leverage capital requirements. Such a bank would also be considered to have met the capital ratio requirements to be well capitalized for the agencies' prompt corrective action rules provided it has a community bank leverage ratio greater than 9 percent.
The Growth Act also raised the eligibility for the small bank holding company policy statement to $3 billion of assets from $1 billion.
The rules implementing these provisions of the Growth Act are not yet finalized and the Company has not yet made a determination regarding whether it will seek to take advantage of these new capital rules under the Growth Act.
(17)
Salary Deferral Plans
The Company provides its executive officers certain non-qualified pension benefits through an Executive Salary Continuation Plan ("the Plan") and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) Agreements ("SERP Agreements"). The Plan and SERP agreements were established by the Board of Directors to reward executive management for past performance and to provide additional incentive to retain the service of executive management. The Plan and SERP Agreements generally provide executives with benefits of a portion of their salary beginning at retirement through life. As a result, the Company has accrued a liability for future obligations under the Plan and SERP Agreements. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the liability related to the Plan totaled $1,825,000 and $1,861,000 , respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 the liability related to the SERP Agreements totaled $2,491,000 and $2,250,000 , respectively.
The Company has purchased life insurance policies to provide the benefits related to the Plan, which at December 31, 2018 and 2017 had an aggregate cash surrender value of $4,540,000 and $3,791,000 , respectively, and an aggregate face value of insurance policies in force of $13,523,000 and $11,176,000 , respectively. The life insurance policies remain the sole property of the Company and are payable to the Company.
The Company has also purchased bank owned life insurance policies on its executive officers. The insurance policies remain the sole property of the Company and are payable to the Company. The cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts totaled $26,412,000 and $25,684,000 and the face amount of the insurance policies in force approximated $61,202,000 and $61,239,000 at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
The Company has also purchased Flexible Premium Indexed Deferred Annuity Contracts (“Annuity Contracts”) to provide benefits related to the SERP Agreements. The Annuity Contracts remain the sole property of the Company and are payable to the Company. Included in other assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are the Annuity Contracts with an aggregate value of $14,558,000 and $10,816,000 , respectively.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(18)
Equity Incentive Plan
In April 1999, the stockholders of the Company approved the Wilson Bank Holding Company 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Stock Option Plan”). The Stock Option Plan provided for the granting of stock options, and authorized the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of such options, for up to 200,000 shares of common stock, to officers and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiary. Furthermore, the Company and its subsidiary could reserve additional shares for issuance under the 1999 Stock Option Plan as needed in order that the aggregate number of shares that may be issued during the term of the 1999 Stock Option Plan is equal to five percent ( 5% ) of the shares of common stock then issued and outstanding. The 1999 Stock Option Plan terminated on April 13, 2009 , and no additional rewards may be issued under the 1999 Stock Option Plan. The awards granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan prior to the plan's termination will remain outstanding until exercised or otherwise terminated. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had outstanding 2,133 options with a weighted average exercise price of $26.81 under the 1999 Stock Option Plan.
In April 2009, the Company’s shareholders approved the Wilson Bank Holding Company 2009 Stock Option Plan (the “2009 Stock Option Plan”). The 2009 Stock Option Plan was effective as of April 14, 2009 and replaced the 1999 Stock Option Plan. Under the 2009 Stock Option Plan, awards may be in the form of options to acquire common stock of the Company. Subject to adjustment as provided by the terms of the 2009 Stock Option Plan, the maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2009 Stock Option Plan is 100,000 shares. As of December 31, 2018 , the Company had outstanding 27,069 options with a weighted average exercise price of $31.78 and has available to grant 52,788 options to employees pursuant to the 2009 Stock Option Plan.
Under the 2009 Stock Option Plan, stock option awards may be granted in the form of incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options and are generally exercisable for up to ten years following the date such option awards are granted. Exercise prices of incentive stock options must be equal to or greater than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date.
During the second quarter of 2016, the Company’s shareholders approved the Wilson Bank Holding Company 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which authorizes awards of up to 750,000 shares of common stock. The 2016 Equity Incentive Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and effective as of January 25, 2016 and approved by the Company’s shareholders on April 12, 2016. On September 26, 2016, the Board of Directors approved an amendment and restatement of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and restated the “2016 Equity Incentive Plan”) to make clear that directors who are not also employees of the Company may be awarded stock appreciation rights. The primary purpose of the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan is to promote the interest of the Company and its shareholders by, among other things, (i) attracting and retaining key officers, employees and directors of, and consultants to, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, (ii) motivating those individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve long-range performance goals, (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company, (iv) encouraging ownership of stock in the Company by such individuals, and (v) linking their compensation to the long-term interests of the Company and its shareholders. Except for certain limitations, awards can be in the form of stock options (both incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and restricted share units, performance awards and other stock-based awards. As of December 31, 2018 , the Company has 485,104 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had outstanding 128,220 options with a weighted average exercise price of $41.25 and 120,398 cash-settled stock appreciation rights with a weighted average grant price of $41.00 under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.
The fair value of each stock option and cash-settled SAR grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 :
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Expected dividends
1.22
%
 
1.27
%
 
1.21
%
Expected term (in years)
9.35

 
7.79

 
8.71

Expected stock price volatility
24
%
 
26
%
 
26
%
Risk-free rate
2.83
%
 
2.23
%
 
2.02
%
The expected stock price volatility is based on historical volatility adjusted for consideration of other relevant factors. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The dividend yield and forfeiture rate assumptions are based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts and forfeitures.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

A summary of the stock option and cash-settled SAR activity for 2018 , 2017 and 2016 is as follows:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Outstanding at beginning of year
285,780

 
$
39.31

 
183,747

 
$
38.09

 
49,895

 
$
30.19

Granted
21,666

 
46.59

 
112,333

 
40.87

 
140,997

 
40.36

Exercised
(22,460
)
 
37.07

 
(5,078
)
 
29.65

 
(5,545
)
 
27.38

Forfeited or expired
(7,166
)
 
37.53

 
(5,222
)
 
39.22

 
(1,600
)
 
28.44

Outstanding at end of year
277,820

 
$
40.11

 
285,780

 
$
39.31

 
183,747

 
$
38.09

Options and cash-settled SARs exercisable at year end
94,951

 
$
39.14

 
42,256

 
$
36.66

 
13,553

 
$
29.29

 
The following table summarizes information about stock options and cash-settled SARs for the year ended December 31, 2018 :
 
Options and Cash-Settled SARs Outstanding
 
Options and Cash-Settled SARs Exercisable
Range of
Exercise
Prices
Number
Outstanding
at 12/31/18
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 
Number
Exercisable
at 12/31/18
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
$22.00 - $32.00
16,388

 
$
29.02

 
1.50 years
 
9,022

 
$
28.74

 
1.32 years
$32.01 - $47.75
261,432

 
$
40.81

 
7.38 years
 
85,929

 
$
40.23

 
6.12 years
 
277,820

 
 
 
 
 
94,951

 
 
 
 
Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands)
$
2,679

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,008

 
 
 
 
The weighted average fair value at the grant date of options and cash-settled SARs granted during the years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was $14.41 , $12.59 and $11.29 , respectively. The total intrinsic value of options and cash-settled SARs exercised during the years 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was $200,000 , $62,000 and $65,000 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 , there was $2,104,000 of total unrecognized cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.22 years .
(19)
Earnings Per Share
The following is a summary of the components comprising basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):
 
In Thousands (except share data)
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Basic EPS Computation:
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator - Earnings available to common stockholders
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Denominator - Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
10,564,172

 
10,407,211

 
10,279,332

Basic earnings per common share
$
3.09

 
2.26

 
2.49

Diluted EPS Computation:
 
 
 
 
 
Numerator - Earnings available to common stockholders
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Denominator - Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
10,564,172

 
10,407,211

 
10,279,332

Dilutive effect of stock options
8,049

 
5,325

 
4,996

 
10,572,221

 
10,412,536

 
10,284,328

Diluted earnings per common share
$
3.08

 
2.26

 
2.49




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(20)
Mortgage Banking Derivatives
Commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans to third party investors are considered derivatives. It is the Company's practice to enter into forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans when interest rate lock commitments are entered into in order to economically hedge the effect of changes in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. At year-end 2018, the Company had approximately $9,655,000 of interest rate lock commitments and approximately $11,750,000 of forward commitments for the future delivery of residential mortgage loans. The fair value of these mortgage banking derivatives was reflected by derivative asset and liability of $335,000 and $88,000 , respectively, at December 31, 2018. Changes in the fair values of these mortgage-banking derivatives are included in net gains on sale of loans.
The net gains (losses) relating to free-standing derivative instruments used for risk management is summarized below (in thousands):
 
In Thousands
 
2018
Forward contracts related to mortgage loans held for sale and interest rate contracts
$
(88
)
Interest rate contracts for customers
335

The following table reflects the amount and fair value of mortgage banking derivatives included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):
 
In Thousands
 
2018
 
Notional Amount
 
Fair Value
Included in other assets (liabilities):
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts for customers
$
9,655

 
335

Forward contracts related to mortgage loans held-for-sale
11,750

 
(88
)
(21)
Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The definition of fair value focuses on the exit price, i.e., the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, not the entry price, i.e., the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability at the measurement date. The statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement; not an entity-specific measurement. Therefore, the fair value measurement should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Valuation Hierarchy
FASB ASC 820 establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets
Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include all prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology that are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.  
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
Assets
Securities available-for-sale - Where quoted prices are available for identical securities in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include highly liquid government securities and certain other financial products. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models that use observable inputs or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation and more complex pricing models or discounted cash flows are used, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. From time to time, we will validate prices supplied by our third party vendor by comparison to prices obtained from third parties.
Impaired loans - A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected payments using the loan’s original effective rate as the discount rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral less selling costs if the loan is collateral dependent. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance may be established as a component of the allowance for loan losses or the expense is recognized as a charge-off. Impaired loans are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy due to the unobservable inputs used in determining their fair value such as collateral values and the borrower’s underlying financial condition.
Other real estate owned - Other real estate owned (“OREO”) represents real estate foreclosed upon by the Company through loan defaults by customers or acquired in lieu of foreclosure. Upon foreclosure, the property is recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, based on appraised value, less selling costs estimated as of the date acquired with any loss recognized as a charge-off through the allowance for loan losses. Additional OREO losses for subsequent valuation downward adjustments are determined on a specific property basis and are included as a component of noninterest expense along with holding costs. Any gains or losses realized at the time of disposal are also reflected in noninterest income or noninterest expense, as applicable. OREO is included in Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy due to the lack of observable market inputs into the determination of fair value. Appraisal values are property-specific and sensitive to the changes in the overall economic environment.
Bank Owned Life Insurance - The cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies is carried at fair value. The Company uses financial information received from insurance carriers indicating the performance of the insurance policies and cash surrender values in determining the carrying value of life insurance. The Company reflects these assets within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy due to the unobservable inputs included in the valuation of these items. The Company does not consider the fair values of these policies to be materially sensitive to changes in these unobservable inputs.
Mortgage loans held for sale - Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at fair value. The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan and mortgage loans held for sale are included in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
Derivatives - The fair values of derivatives are based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date (Level 2).
The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , by caption on the consolidated balance sheet and by FASB ASC 820 valuation hierarchy (as described above) (in thousands):


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
Measured on a Recurring Basis
 
Total Carrying
Value in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Quoted Market
Prices in an
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Models with
Significant
Observable
Market
Parameters
(Level 2)
 
Models with
Significant
Unobservable
Market
Parameters
(Level 3)
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises
$
68,467

 

 
68,467

 

Mortgage-backed securities
147,510

 

 
147,510

 

Asset-backed securities
21,700

 

 
21,700

 

State and municipal securities
47,575

 

 
47,575

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale
285,252

 

 
285,252

 

Mortgage loans held for sale
7,484

 

 
7,484

 

Mortgage banking derivatives
335

 

 
335

 

Bank owned life insurance
30,952

 

 

 
30,952

Total assets
$
324,023

 

 
293,071

 
30,952

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage banking derivatives
$
88

 

 
88

 

Total liabilities
$
88

 

 
88

 

 
 
Measured on a Recurring Basis
 
Total Carrying
Value in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Quoted Market
Prices in an
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Models with
Significant
Observable
Market
Parameters
(Level 2)
 
Models with
Significant
Unobservable
Market
Parameters
(Level 3)
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises
$
72,980

 

 
72,980

 

Mortgage-backed securities
197,926

 

 
197,926

 

Asset-backed securities
25,598

 

 
25,598

 

State and municipal securities
36,212

 

 
36,212

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale
332,716

 

 
332,716

 

Mortgage loans held for sale
5,106

 

 
5,106

 

Bank owned life insurance
29,475

 

 

 
29,475

Total
$
367,297

 

 
337,822

 
29,475




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis
 
Total Carrying
Value in the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Quoted Market
Prices in an
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Models with
Significant
Observable
Market
Parameters
(Level 2)
 
Models with
Significant
Unobservable
Market
Parameters
(Level 3)
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
$
1,357

 

 

 
1,357

Impaired loans, net (¹)
4,195

 

 

 
4,195

Total
$
5,552

 

 

 
5,552

December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
$
1,635

 

 

 
1,635

Impaired loans, net (¹)
6,531

 

 

 
6,531

Total
$
8,166

 

 

 
8,166

 
(¹)
Amount is net of a valuation allowance of $1,164,000 at December 31, 2018 and $427,000 at December 31, 2017 as required by ASC 310, “Receivables.”

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which we have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value at December 31, 2018 and 2017 :
 
Valuation Techniques ( 2 )
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Range (Weighted Average)
Impaired loans
Appraisal
Estimated costs to sell
10%
Other real estate owned
Appraisal
Estimated costs to sell
10%
( 2 )
The fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which may include Level 3 inputs that are not identifiable, or by using the discounted cash flow method if the loan is not collateral dependent.

In the case of its investment securities portfolio, the Company monitors the valuation technique utilized by various pricing agencies to ascertain when transfers between levels have been affected. The nature of the remaining assets and liabilities is such that transfers in and out of any level are expected to be rare. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2018 , there were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3.

The table below includes a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, since Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources), the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology (in thousands):


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
Other
Assets
 
Other
Liabilities
 
Other
Assets
 
Other
Liabilities
Fair value, January 1
$
29,475

 

 
$
28,616

 

Total realized gains included in income
841

 

 
859

 

Change in unrealized gains/losses included in other comprehensive income for assets and liabilities still held at December 31

 

 

 

Purchases, issuances and settlements, net
636

 

 

 

Transfers out of Level 3

 

 

 

Fair value, December 31
$
30,952

 

 
$
29,475

 

Total realized gains included in income related to financial assets and liabilities still on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31
$
841

 

 
$
859

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments that are not measured at fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flow models. Those models are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates, estimates of future cash flows and borrower creditworthiness. The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 . Such amounts have not been revalued for purposes of these consolidated financial statements since those dates and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.
Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amounts of cash and short-term instruments approximate fair values and are classified as Level 1.
Held-to-maturity securities - Estimated fair values for held-to-maturity investment securities are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models that use observable inputs or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics.
Loans - The fair value of our loan portfolio includes a credit risk factor in the determination of the fair value of our loans. This credit risk assumption is intended to approximate the fair value that a market participant would realize in a hypothetical orderly transaction.
Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow models, using current market interest rates offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. We believe current market rates capture a market participant's cost of funds, liquidity premium, capital charges, servicing charges and expectations of future rate movements. The values derived from the discounted cash flow approach for each of the above portfolios are then further discounted to incorporate credit risk to determine the exit price.
Deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase - Fair values for deposits are estimated using discounted cash flow models, using current market interest rates offered on deposits with similar remaining maturities.
Restricted equity securities - It is not practical to determine the fair value of Federal Home Loan Bank or Federal Reserve Bank stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.
Accrued interest receivable/payable - The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value resulting in a Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 classification based on the asset/liability with which they are associated.
Off-balance sheet instruments - Fair values for off-balance sheet, credit-related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. The fair value of commitments is not material.

The following table presents the carrying amounts, estimated fair value and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 . This table excludes financial instruments for which the carrying amount approximates fair value. For short-term financial assets such as cash and cash equivalents,


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value due to the relatively short time between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization.  
(in Thousands)
Carrying/
Notional
Amount
 
Estimated
Fair Value (¹)
 
Quoted Market
Prices in an
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Models with
Significant
Observable
Market
Parameters
(Level 2)
 
Models with
Significant
Unobservable
Market
Parameters
(Level 3)
December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
99,191

 
99,191

 
99,191

 

 

Loans, net
2,016,005

 
2,017,272

 

 

 
2,017,272

Restricted equity securities
3,012

 
NA

 
NA

 
NA

 
NA

Accrued interest receivable
6,724

 
6,724

 
3

 
1,362

 
5,359

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
2,235,655

 
1,974,554

 

 

 
1,974,554

Accrued interest payable
3,132

 
3,132

 

 

 
3,132

December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
95,518

 
95,518

 
95,518

 

 

Securities held-to-maturity
32,480

 
32,111

 

 
32,111

 

Loans, net
1,727,253

 
1,724,937

 

 

 
1,724,937

Restricted equity securities
3,012

 
NA

 
NA

 
NA

 
NA

Accrued interest receivable
6,266

 
6,266

 
5

 
1,562

 
4,699

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
2,038,609

 
1,812,011

 

 

 
1,812,011

Accrued interest payable
1,679

 
1,679

 

 

 
1,679

 
(¹)
Estimated fair values are consistent with an exit-price concept. The assumptions used to estimate the fair values are intended to approximate those that a market-participant would realize in a hypothetical orderly transaction.


WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(22)
Wilson Bank Holding Company -
Parent Company Financial Information
WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
(Parent Company Only)
Balance Sheets
December 31, 2018 and 2017
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
2,759

*
 
1,589

*
Investment in wholly-owned commercial bank subsidiary
293,420

 
 
266,159

 
Deferred income taxes
469

 
 
178

 
Refundable income taxes
177

 
 
181

 
Total assets
$
296,825

 
 
268,107

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
Stock appreciation rights payable
$
1,158

 
 
377

 
         Total liabilities
1,158

 
 
377

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, par value $2.00 per share, authorized 50,000,000 shares, 10,623,810 and 10,450,711 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
21,248

 
 
20,901

 
Additional paid-in capital
73,960

 
 
66,047

 
Retained earnings
208,164

 
 
185,017

 
Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes of $2,726 and $1,498, respectively
(7,705
)
 
 
(4,235
)
 
Total stockholders’ equity
295,667

 
 
267,730

 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
296,825

 
 
268,107

 
 
*
Eliminated in consolidation.



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Earnings
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends from commercial bank subsidiary
$
3,000

 
 
1,500

 
 
1,500

 
Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ fees
254

 
 
334

 
 
327

 
Other
1,351

 
 
805

 
 
194

 
 
1,605

 
 
1,139

 
 
521

 
Income before Federal income tax benefits and equity in undistributed earnings of commercial bank subsidiary
1,395

 
 
361

 
 
979

 
Federal income tax benefits
468

 
 
359

 
 
169

 
 
1,863

 
 
720

 
 
1,148

 
Equity in undistributed earnings of commercial bank subsidiary
30,731

*
 
22,806

*
 
24,485

*
Net earnings
$
32,594

 
 
23,526

 
 
25,633

 
 
*
Eliminated in consolidation.





WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Cash Flows
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Dollars In Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid to suppliers and other
$
(367
)
 
(447
)
 
(417
)
Tax benefits received
181

 
169

 
198

Net cash used in operating activities
(186
)
 
(278
)
 
(219
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends received from commercial bank subsidiary
3,000

 
1,500

 
1,500

Net cash provided by investing activities
3,000

 
1,500

 
1,500

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Payments made to stock appreciation rights holders
(61
)
 

 

Dividends paid
(9,447
)
 
(6,729
)
 
(5,756
)
Proceeds from sale of stock pursuant to dividend reinvestment plan
7,470

 
5,266

 
4,316

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
394

 
152

 
152

Net cash used in financing activities
(1,644
)
 
(1,311
)
 
(1,288
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
1,170

 
(89
)
 
(7
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
1,589

 
1,678

 
1,685

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
2,759

 
1,589

 
1,678




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
(Parent Company Only)
Statements of Cash Flows, Continued
Three Years Ended December 31, 2018
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Dollars in Thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Reconciliation of net earnings to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
$
32,594

 
23,526

 
25,633

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash used in operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in earnings of commercial bank subsidiary
(33,731
)
 
(24,306
)
 
(25,985
)
Decrease (increase) in refundable income taxes
5

 
(12
)
 
29

Increase in deferred taxes
(291
)
 
(178
)
 

Share based compensation expense
1,237

 
692

 
104

Total adjustments
(32,780
)
 
(23,804
)
 
(25,852
)
Net cash used in operating activities
$
(186
)
 
(278
)
 
(219
)



WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(23)
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Selected quarterly results of operations for the four quarters ended December 31 are as follows:
 
(In Thousands, except per share data)
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
Interest income
$
27,585

 
26,298

 
25,548

 
24,094

 
$
23,487

 
22,904

 
22,871

 
21,758

 
$
22,078

 
21,454

 
20,877

 
20,337

Interest expense
4,606

 
3,656

 
3,097

 
2,659

 
2,439

 
2,332

 
2,094

 
2,024

 
1,990

 
2,077

 
2,106

 
2,111

Net interest income
22,979

 
22,642

 
22,451

 
21,435

 
21,048

 
20,572

 
20,777

 
19,734

 
20,088

 
19,377

 
18,771

 
18,226

Provision for loan losses
1,097

 
1,088

 
1,090

 
1,023

 
436

 
436

 
420

 
389

 
89

 
141

 
82

 
67

Earnings before income taxes
10,708

 
10,718

 
9,798

 
10,153

 
10,694

 
10,438

 
11,386

 
10,362

 
10,120

 
11,095

 
10,162

 
9,097

Net earnings
9,833

 
7,972

 
7,309

 
7,480

 
3,574

 
6,469

 
6,988

 
6,495

 
6,802

 
6,918

 
6,270

 
5,643

Basic earnings per common share
0.93

 
0.75

 
0.69

 
0.71

 
0.34

 
0.62

 
0.67

 
0.63

 
0.66

 
0.67

 
0.61

 
0.55

Diluted earnings per common share
0.92

 
0.75

 
0.69

 
0.71

 
0.34

 
0.62

 
0.67

 
0.63

 
0.66

 
0.67

 
0.61

 
0.55




WILSON BANK HOLDING COMPANY
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(24)
Subsequent Events
ASC Topic 855,  Subsequent Events , as amended by ASU No. 2010-90, establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The Company evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after December 31, 2018 , through the date of the issued financial statements. During this period there were no material recognizable subsequent events that required recognition in the disclosures to the Company's December 31, 2018 financial statements.





EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE ISSUER
The Company has a wholly-owned subsidiary, Wilson Bank and Trust, a state chartered bank incorporated under the laws of the State of Tennessee and doing business under the same name.




EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-32442) pertaining to the Wilson Bank Holding Company 1999 Stock Option Plan, the Registration Statement (Form S-3, No. 333-81984) pertaining to the Wilson Bank Holding Company Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-158621) pertaining to the Wilson Bank Holding Company 2009 Stock Option Plan, the Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-210927) pertaining to the Wilson Bank Holding Company 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and the Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-218868) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Wilson Bank Holding Company Dividend Reinvestment Plan of our reports dated February 28, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Wilson Bank Holding Company and with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Wilson Bank Holding Company, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.





/s/ Maggart & Associates, P.C.             
MAGGART & ASSOCIATES, P.C.


Nashville, Tennessee
March 08, 2019





EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, J. Randall Clemons, certify that:
 
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wilson Bank Holding Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: March 08, 2019
 

By: /s/ J. Randall Clemons
 
Name: J. Randall Clemons
 
President and Chief Executive Officer





EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Lisa Pominski , certify that:
 
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Wilson Bank Holding Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: March 08, 2019
 

By: /s/ Lisa Pominski
 
Name: Lisa Pominski
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer





EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Wilson Bank Holding Company (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Randall Clemons, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
/s/ J. Randall Clemons
 
Randall Clemons
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
Date: March 08, 2019




EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Wilson Bank Holding Company (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Lisa Pominski, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
/s/ Lisa Pominski
 
Lisa Pominski, Executive Vice President and Chief
 
Financial Officer
 
 
 
Date: March 08, 2019